Tumgik
#i don’t want to work in some graphic design agency i literally would kill everyone if i were to work in an office
marzzrocks · 2 years
Text
i’m really considering dropping out of college and taking a boat out to sea
4 notes · View notes
exoticarmy127 · 7 years
Text
Agent AF7 (Jungkook, You) Scenario
Tumblr media
Request found here.
The world seemed to be in slow motion as Jungkook took deep breaths, surveying his surroundings.
There were eight—no ten (there were two snipers on opposites sides of the second floor mezzanine) armed men currently facing him. He stood still, feeling his lover’s presence behind him, which makes it even harder to make a decision whether to engage, or not.
“Y/N… baby, don’t move.” He whispered when he felt her shallow breathing and the slight tremble from her body. He knew she was scared, she had every right to be, and it kills Jungkook on every aspect. But he couldn’t risk one of those snipers going off at her.
“Sorry.” She whispered, which sounded more like a choked sob and Jungkook wanted to turn around and kiss her; to assure her that it was going to be alright and that she shouldn’t be sorry.
It was his fault she was in this mess, after all.
Jungkook had been so careful. He had to be for being an agent wasn’t a typical occupation as it involved fighting off criminals, stalking suspicious illegal doings, and a whole lot of gun shooting in its job description. Jungkook had chosen this path since he was a little boy when he discovered how his father had been an agent for ISAIA (International Security and Intelligence Agency) as well. He trained with him in his early years until a terrible accident happened that took away his father from him forever.
Not long after that, Jungkook was recruited into the agency and has been serving for almost seven years now… since he was fourteen.
Being an agent meant being completely detached from the world. Jungkook had been orphaned upon his father’s death, making him the perfect candidate to be an ISAIA agent. There was a reason why they were called “secret agents”: they could tell no one of their identity. They couldn’t risk putting someone in danger like that. Information, as Jungkook had learned, was just as dangerous as wealth and riches in the eyes of greedy and selfish bastards who reside in this world.
Jungkook lived his life alone but it wasn’t so bad. He had his fellow agents who somehow became his own little family. He was happy being part of the agency and being a hero in his own way as he tracks down assassins and high profile criminals. He was happy being on his own…
That is until Y/N came along.
Jungkook met Y/N on his one-week leave; a reward given by the agency after a successful mission of capturing a target they’ve been tailing for almost a year.
Jungkook spent it in Seoul, in his own apartment where he was just Jungkook—not agent AF7. Being an agent had its perks, sure; and it was fun and all but Jungkook often craved for the “normal life”. A life where he could just be a normal college student, living in a crappy dorm room and eating cup noodles for dinner.
And that’s probably what made him like Y/N so much; the girl who lived in the next building; the one who played Justin Bieber songs at night where Jungkook could see her though his window, dancing around in pajamas.
They easily became friends after bumping into each other at the park where Jungkook did his routine jogs while Y/N walked her dog, Riley. They clicked like two pieces of a puzzle, having similar tastes and interests.
Aside from the fact that she was beautiful, funny, smart, and the nicest person he had ever met; Y/N gave Jungkook something he craved for: a normal life to escape to after being on missions or after flying off to some uncharted territory chasing bad guys.
Y/N was home. And it’s been so long since Jungkook had that.
It didn’t take long before the two of them became an actual thing. And then they fell in love too fast, too deeply. Jungkook wasn’t sure how he had let that happen. He used to be so controlled, so careful. But with Y/N, Jungkook seemed to have no hold of it and his heart just dove head first—wanting to love her no matter the consequences.
He never told her about his identity. Y/N never knew what he was or what he did for a living. And as for as Jungkook knew, Y/N thought he was a graphic designer for a game developer.
It was a burden to keep something from her that literally took up more than half of his life; half of himself. But Jungkook knew the consequences of giving away that information.
Being an agent had its perks, but it also got you a lot of enemies. And Jungkook couldn’t risk that. He’d protect Y/N with his life.
Two years into the relationship and Y/N and Jungkook started living together. Jungkook should have declined when she had hinted about it (“Why don’t you just live with me if you’re just going to knock on my window every night? Saves you the effort of crossing through that fire escape, she had joked) but how could he when the idea of waking up next to her every morning was so tempting? Jungkook wanted to spend more time with her, keep her close. And so he became selfish and agreed.
He took some precautions, of course. He bought a new apartment for them and installed it with a state of the art security system. He had a stash of gadgets hidden in its nooks and crannies; one wall opened up to reveal a set of guns and firearms. Jungkook wanted to be sure they were ready if ever there was an attack.
A year later, things were going well. Y/N was in the midst of her master studies while Jungkook got promoted to a level A agent, one of the best at the agency. There were nights when Jungkook didn’t come home due to missions and he would conjure up a lie that he was out for work or out of town for a design expo. He felt guilty about lying, even more on how Y/N trusted him so much to believe him every time.
He didn’t deserve it but he had no choice. The secret kept her safe.
At least that’s what Jungkook thought until he came home one night to his apartment in shambles and a vandalism on his bedroom wall that said:
I’ll take my trophy.
The food he had bought dropped to floor with a thud and Jungkook’s body filled with rage as he grabbed his phone (his agent mobile) and called for a car. A sleek black Jaguar C-X75 roared down his building in mere minutes and Jungkook hopped in, talking to Namjoon, the head of the intelligence unit, about tracking down Y/N.
It wasn’t that hard considering Jungkook had installed a tracking device on her cellphone (he didn’t want to but he had to. Again, for safety reasons). Namjoon led him into the warehouse unnoticed and when Jungkook finally found Y/N, she was blindfolded, gagged, and thrown into a corner of a dark-lit room like a rag doll.
Jungkook had never hated himself so much then.
“Y/N.” He said as he rushed towards her. He cut the ropes on her hands and ankles and Jungkook felt his chest tighten at the sight of the bruises it caused on her skin. When he uncovered her eyes and saw them glistening with tears, Jungkook really thought he was going to cry then.
Out of relief or pain at seeing her like this? He was sure it was both.
“Jungkook?” Y/N choked and he cupped her cheeks before kissing her tenderly. “What are you doing here? You have to leave, they said they’ll kill you—”
“I’m sorry.” He murmured as he kissed her forehead, her nose, then her lips once again to calm her down. “I’m so sorry baby.”
“Why are you sorry—” A loud bang interrupted them, causing Y/N to jolt in fright. Jungkook gritted his teeth and held up his gun on his right hand. Y/N’s eyes bulged at the sight of the weapon.
“I don’t want you to see this so I’m going to have to ask you to close your eyes right now.” He said just as two armed men came into the room, shouting, and Jungkook held up his gun, shooting them both swiftly with such accuracy they went down in seconds.
“You—” she said shakily and Jungkook had to half carry her out of the room.
“Later. I’ll explain later babe, but we have to go.“ He said. “Can you run?” She nodded and Jungkook pulled her closer to him. “Good, just follow my lead and don’t let go of my hand, okay?”
“Okay?”
“Good girl.” Jungkook gave her waist a slight squeeze before talking into his earpiece. “Get us out of here, Namjoon.”
“Okay, I have a chopper on standby. Can you get to the roof?”
“Yeah. I saw it the stairs on the way in.”
“Good. Get there fast, but there are some—”
“Duck!” Jungkook hissed as he pushed Y/N towards the wall, shielding her with his body as several gunshots went off. Jungkook raised his arm to shoot too and not long after the bullets went off, Y/N saw a couple of bodies thudding to the floor. Y/N felt her stomach churn at the sight of blood.
“Come on.” He pulled her towards the next room and that’s where they found themselves surrounded by their enemies.
They were trapped.
Jungkook made sure Y/N was behind him, shielding her from everyone’s view. He eyed his surroundings carefully, calculating every scenario possible if he made a particular move.
“Don’t engage, Jungkook. It’s a dead end.” He heard Namjoon through his earpiece.
“There are snipers up there.” He gritted his teeth, thinking how he couldn’t just stand and do nothing. “Y/N’s here—”
“We know that.” Namjoon huffed, sounding stressed himself. “Back up is on the way.”
“Hey! Stop talking and put your gun down or we shoot!”
Jungkook held his hands up in surrender before placing the gun down on the floor.
“Okay, let’s all just… calm down…” he managed to say and he heard Y/N whimper behind him when she saw a laser beam pointing at her shoulder. Jungkook stiffened upon the sight and moved slightly to the right so the laser was pointed at him instead.
“Let’s settle this like men.” Jungkook suddenly said. “Fight me without your weapons.”
“You insane?” One of the men asked, causing the whole room to laugh. “We can just shoot you right here, right now.”
“But that wouldn’t be any fun.”
“This isn’t supposed to be fun, kid.” The man grunted.
“Oh what’s that? I think I heard fear…” Jungkook goaded and something in the man’s eyes changed. Jungkook smirked, knowing he was getting to them.
“Jungkook what are you doing?” Y/N whispered to him.
“Yeah, don’t make them mad.” Namjoon said incredulously through his earpiece.
One of the men stepped forward and rolled up his sleeves and Jungkook knew he had won.
“Don’t engage agent AF7. Back up is right at the door—”
“Tell them to shoot the snipers.” Jungkook said before muting his earpiece and looking over his shoulder at Y/N. “Do you trust me?”
Y/N looked into his eyes and nodded. Jungkook gave her a small smile, the kind he only reserved for her.
“I want you to crawl to the side, okay? One of the agents will get you.”
“But what—” before she could ask, Jungkook pushed her to the side and lunged forward, fist connecting with the man’s face.
Y/N crawled to the side as she was told, right under a small table and watched in horror as Jungkook took on several men; punching and kicking in such speed and precision she wondered if he was even real.
He twisted one of the man’s arm’s and grabbed the gun from his grip effortlessly before shooting three other’s once: their bodies falling to the ground instantly.
The doors burst open and several men in black came in, one of which released some bullets and Y/N saw the snipers on the second floor fall down.
“Y/N?”
Y/N jolted as a man came up to her. He was in a black suit, similar to what Jungkook was wearing.
“I’m agent AF9. We’re going to have to run, can you do that?”
Y/N was silent, unsure if she should trust him. But then she remembered Jungkook’s words a while ago…
“I want you to crawl to the side, okay? One of the agents will get you.”
“I’m a friend of Jungkook’s.” the agent said as if reading her mind. “I’m Taehyung,” He smiled at her warmly.
“Don’t say your name on missions, dumbass!” Y/N heard a shout through his earpiece.
Taehyung chuckled as he touched his earpiece. “Sorry. That was Yoongi, he’s a bit grumpy.“
"I’m not! Now get your ass up to the roof, I’m flying this thing over.”
“Copy that.” He said before holding out his hand to her. “Come on.”
“But Jungkook—” she looked back at the commotion and somewhere at the center she could vaguely make out Jungkook’s form still fighting those goons.
“He’ll be fine.” He assured her. “He’ll meet us upstairs.”
Y/N didn’t think she had a choice and so she went with him reluctantly, praying Jungkook would be all right.
~~~
The cold night air felt like a slap to Y/N’s face the moment she stepped out into the rooftop with Taehyung. The helicopter was right there by the edge and there was a man urging them on.
“Come on.” Taehyung said as they ran towards the chopper, the wind so strong Y/N felt like it would push her off the edge.
There was a sudden explosion and Y/N stopped dead in her tracks to look back, eyes wide with worry.
Fire, she thought in panic as smoke began to rise. Jungkook’s still in there.
“Jungkook!” She yelled the moment they saw orange flames engulfing the side of the building. Taehyung held her tighter until he literary had to drag her towards the chopper.
“Y/N we have to go—”
“No! Jungkook’s still in there! I—no, let me go!!!” She cried as hands held her up and pulled her into chopper.
“Agent AF7. We’re ready to take off, do you copy?” Taehyung called into his earpiece, looking worried as well. “Agent AF7, do you copy?”
There was another explosion and Y/N wanted to jump out of the chopper to come get him herself. There was no way she was leaving without him.
“Agent AF7?“
Taehyung’s face fell all of a sudden when there was no reply and Y/N’s tears flowed from her eyes like rain. He looked at her sadly and was about to say something when a loud bang sounded.
Y/N’s head whipped to the source and her heart soared when she saw a figure stepping out of the staircase door, running.
"Jungkook!”
Jungkook’s clothes were torn and there was a nasty scratch on his cheek but he seemed to be okay. Taehyung held out his hand and Jungkook took it swiftly, swinging himself into the chopper effortlessly.
“We’re taking off.” The driver announced as he maneuvered the chopper away from the burning building.
“Y/N,” Jungkook breathed out as he went towards his lover, cupping her cheeks. Y/N was crying so hard and Jungkook’s face scrunched in worry and panic, thinking she might be hurt.
“Are you hurt anywhere?” He asked in alarm, his hands roaming her body for any injuries. “Baby, you have to tell me where—”
“I… I thought I lost you.”
Jungkook paused at her words, his eyes meeting hers in an instant. He felt his throat close up at the sadness and sincerity in her gaze and he immediately pulled her into his arms.
“Shh. It’s okay. I’m here now. I’m here, Y/N.”
“I got so scared.” She sobbed against his shoulder. “Why wouldn’t you answer Taehyung’s calls?! You idiot!” She hit his chest but she was too weak to make real damage. “You have no idea how scared I was! I didn’t know what to think—”
Jungkook pressed his lips against the side of head, kissing her tenderly to calm her down.  
“Shh… I’m sorry baby. You’re safe now. We’re safe now.”
“I love you.” She said, the relief flooding her system like a wave and causing the exhaustion to finally take over her.
“I love you too.” Jungkook said as he cradled her in his arms, feeling her being pulled by sleep little by little. “So much.”
~~~
ISAIA Headquarters
7:01 A.M.
“I want to apologize for this incident. We did not intend to put you in any danger. I hope you know that, Ms.Y/LN.”
Y/N nodded. She was at Suho’s office, the head of the board at ISAIA. The man had asked for her presence as soon as she was up and able. It has been hours since she awakened and she hadn’t seen Jungkook. One of the nurses at the infirmary told her that he was with her throughout the night but had to leave for a status report earlier this morning.
“Of course, sir. I never thought that. In fact, you all saved me.”
Suho smiled. “Well, agent AF7 wouldn’t have it any other way.“ He bit his lip to keep from smiling when he saw the look of confusion crossing her features. “Agent Jeon, I mean. Jeon Jungkook.”
“Oh.” Y/N nodded stupidly, realizing they called each other by code names here.
“I actually wanted to apologize to you… I gave Jungkook a hard time when we found out about you and your relationship. He endured a lot of scolding from the board, especially from me.”
Y/N gulped, feeling like a parent was disapproving her.
“Of course it has nothing to do with you.” He assured her. “I am sure you are as wonderful as Jungkook tells us you are. I am not against your relationship in that aspect.”
Y/N chewed on her bottom lip. “Oh.. Then why?“
“I think last night’s events was its own explanation.” He answered sadly. “Jungkook’s job is very dangerous, Ms. Y/LN. I’m sure you’ve noticed. Honorable yes, but it earned him a lot of enemies as well.”
Y/N gulped, suddenly feeling frightened for Jungkook. Never had she imagined that he worked as a secret agent. It seemed only yesterday he was telling her about his new design project…
Oh that was yesterday, she recalled. It was yesterday over breakfast.
Before the afternoon came and some strangers barged into her house and took her captive.
“I hope you know the danger he carries with him. We don’t want anyone getting hurt. He’s been careful, we know that. He had kept you off the radar for as long as you’ve been together. But one of the men he recently put behind bars had outside contact and wanted to hurt him the worse way possible for revenge. And I think we both know how that would be.”
Y/N gulped, nodding sadly.
“And Jungkook… well he is quite the character no? He’s an exemplary agent but very reckless. He would go to you without delay, even if he had to do it alone. He was scolded by our head intelligence this morning for muting his earpiece and engaging in the fight when he was clearly told not to.” Suho sighed, shaking his head slightly. “He’s a bit stubborn, that kid. Brave, but stubborn.”
Y/N smiled slightly, knowing exactly what he meant.
“What should we do then?”
Suho smiled at her softly before shaking his head. “That’s not my decision to make, my dear. That is entirely up to the two of you.”
~~~
Y/N made her way out of the office, feeling a little lost. Suho’s words echoed in her brain, and she couldn’t help but see his point.
She could put Jungkook in danger. And by staying with him, she was giving his enemies a chance to poke at his weakness.
A chance to kill him.
“Hey.”
Y/N looked up and found Taehyung smiling at her.
“Hey.” She replied with a small smile.
“Jungkook’s on the roof.” He said, hooking his thumb behind him. It was almost creepy how he knew the answer to her questions before she even voiced it out. Or was her face that transparent? “Just go straight and turn left, you’ll see the door that leads up there.”
Y/N thanked him before leaving, making his way up the roof where Taehyung said Jungkook was.
~~~
Jungkook was leaning by the parapet, looking at the city down below. It was early in the morning and the sun was just peeking in horizon, casting a yellowish glow against the tall buildings.
“Jungkook.” Y/N called and the boy turned, eyes widening before he made his way towards her in a rush.
“Y/N.” he said and engulfed her in a warm embrace once he got to her. Y/N smiled against him, hugging him just as tightly.
“I’m sorry I wasn’t there when you woke up. But I got called in and…” He huffed before looking into her eyes, gaze questioning. “Are you—okay?” He asked and she nodded before letting go.
A frown slowly made its way to her lips when she saw the bruise on his cheek. She reached out her hand and gently caressed it.
“You’re hurt.“
"It’s just a scratch.”
“At this rate, you’re gonna ruin your pretty face.” She pouted and Jungkook grinned. Unable to help himself, he leant over to peck it off her lips. Y/N blushed a deep red.
He held her hands and his smile faltered upon the sight of the marks on her wrist from where she was tied up. He massaged them gently with his thumbs.
“I’m sorry. I should’ve been more careful. It was my fault—” Jungkook paused when Y/N placed a finger on his lips, silencing him. She then moved her hand to cup his cheek.
“It’s not your fault. You saved me, Jungkook. I should be thanking you.” She said and Jungkook held her hand before kissing her palm tenderly.
“Of course I would. When I got home and you weren’t there I…” he huffed. “I got so worried, Y/N. And then I found that message and I got so scared! I couldn’t think straight.” He admitted and Y/N’s heart broke at the sadness and panic in his eyes.
“I understand if after what happened, you don’t want to be with me anymore.” He said, frown deepening. "I didn’t want to lie to you but I hope you understand that it was necessary to keep you safe. I couldn’t let them know about you. I wouldn’t be able to forgive myself if something happened to you, Y/N.”
“And I wouldn’t be able to forgive myself if something happened to you.” Y/N countered. “But it seems that being with me puts you in danger too, Jungkook. And I don’t want that for you.”
Jungkook looked like he was about to cry, sensing the meaning behind her words.
“I… are you…breaking up with me?”
Y/N opened her mouth to answer just as a single tear slid down Jungkook’s cheek. She felt her knees weaken at the sight. She had only ever seen Jungkook cry once and that was when they had their very first fight.
“If you are, can you make it quick?” He added, tears blurring his vision. "I don’t think I can—”
“Do you want me to?” She asked and Jungkook shook his head vigorously, making her smile.
“I don’t. I know I’m being selfish but Y/N…” He held her hands tighter in his. “You’re the only good thing in my life right now. If you leave, I have nowhere else to go. You're—you’re my home. And I love you too much to let you go.”
Y/N felt her tears fall at his words, heart swelling with love and adoration.
“Then that’s good. Because I couldn’t break up with you either.”
Jungkook let out a sigh of relief and pulled her into his arms.
“I love you… I love you…” he said over and over and Y/N knew that no matter how dangerous their lives may be… she knew it was worth it as long as they had each other.
~~~
3 months later
Apartment
3:47 A.M.
“Door open. Welcome.” The robotic voice said as Jungkook keyed in the numbers to his apartment. He just got back from a mission in Taiwan and he was utterly spent. He wanted nothing more but to pass out on his bed and hibernate for a few hours.
Upon reaching the living room, he stopped when he saw an endearing sight.
Y/N was on the sofa, fast asleep; head leaning on the armrest in an uncomfortable position. Jungkook sighed. He had told her countless times that she shouldn’t wait up but every time, she still did. And she was going to get back pains because of it.
He went towards the couch and knelt beside her, letting his fingers trace the lines of her face; touching the soft strands of her hair and watching t go through his fingers. Jungkook wondered if he would ever stop falling in love with her and thought however did he get so lucky to deserve such an angel.
Y/N stirred at his touch and Jungkook smiled before kissing her cheek.
"Kookie? Is that you?”
“Mmm. I told you not to wait up.”
She opened her eyes slightly and it was the cutest thing Jungkook had ever seen.
“Did you get the bad guys?”
“Yeah, I got the bad guys.” He chuckled as he kissed her cheek again.
“Mmm, that’s good. I’m proud of you.”
Jungkook felt like a little boy in kindergarten had just been given a star for drawing well or for being prompt in class. He would do anything to make his baby proud.
“Let’s get you to bed, hmm? You’ll hurt your back this way.”
“Aren’t you hungry? I can heat something up—”
“No, I just want to sleep with you.” He said, giving her nose and Eskimo kiss before lifting her up in his arms, bridal style. Y/N always wondered how he could carry her so effortlessly like she weighed nothing.
Jungkook tucked her into bed first then moved to his side of the mattress. He removed his shoes and his shirt before getting under the covers and snuggling against her side.
“Good night, baby.” He whispered against her neck as he placed an arm over her frame and pulled her close.
“Jungkook?”
“Yeah?”
“I’m glad you’re home.”
Jungkook smiled at that. “I promised, didn’t I?” He whispered and he saw her smile against the dark room.
“Mmm. I love you.” Y/N yawned as she snuggled deeper into his arms.
Jungkook smiled against her skin, and thought how no matter where he goes or what dangers lie ahead, it was always good to know he had this to keep him going…
Good to know he had Y/N to come home to.
END
I got so inspired by that request haha you guys might find some of the aspects in this story familiar since I’ve used this Agency in another story. So I might use the same background whenever I get secret agent/spy requests. haha (calling it the ISAIA series for now lol)
To learn more about ISAIA, read my story “Baby, I Got Your Back” ;)
Thanks for reading! (Comments are appreciated) And thank you for helping me reach another follower mark. <3 
To the one who requested this, I hope you enjoyed it dear! And sorry for the delay.
Tumblr media
Web Masterlist | Mobile Masterlist
324 notes · View notes
niamhhannaho-blog · 7 years
Text
Interviews
WILL F Tell me about yourself?
Having grown up in an ex-pat family, I had the opportunity to live in Asia and Europe. I have always been creative whether its art, music, film or fashion. After failing handsomely at school and barely making it into University I realised education wasn’t for me, after dropping out of University and having the opportunity to work in advertisement and film for some time I decided to co-found a creative agency. Since then I have had the opportunity to work with some the UK’s most influential people and brands, aiming to share my thoughts and knowledge with other millennial and the older demographic.
In your opinion what are the stereotypes of millennials?
I think my understanding of the millennial stereotype is that millennials have created a new culture and behaviour that has not been recognised before. I think we are categorised as a dysfunctional, unmotivated and unwilling generation that is incredibly selfish.
I do believe that is a statement that targets millennials collectively however I feel its only a certain categorisation off that generation who live up to the stereotype. I do feel with the move in the digital world millennial's are creating new and imaginative ways to work, In a lot of peoples eyes I think due to it being unconventional, its seen as wrong.  
What does it mean to be a millennial?
I think there are many answers to this question, although “millennial” is a term for the generation born in between the 80’s and early 2000’s. Its seen today as more of a categorisation of the “future”. Being the most connected generation, I feel we are the most progressive out of any other previous generation. Having more opportunities, more freedom and defiantly more of a creative mindset I think that Millennial’s have recently started to disrupt and question convention which in my mind is progress for the future to come. We’ve always been told to be unique however convention tells us not to, I feel we are the first generation that has done exactly that.
What inspires you?
People. A lot of people will generically say art, fashion, music or culture. Which is all great, but I believe that the source of those mediums are the most inspirational subjects. To me a persons story is the most valuable knowledge or inspiration you can obtain, because unless they write a book about their life you will never have the chance again to hear it.
If you could impact something significantly within society what would it be?
I believe the biggest fault in society today is people not listening to one another, especially between young and old generations. I would love to see more members of the younger generation being able to make decisions that can impact our societies.
If you had one piece of advice to give to other millennial what would it be?
A really important word to me is self-awareness, I think so many people lie to themselves about who they are. Until that person understands who they are as a person and acknowledges their identity and values, they won’t be happy with anything they do.
Do you think you fit the stereotype of millennial’s?
Absolutely!
Why?
I believe being unconventional and creative is exactly what it is to be a millennial, I like to think I do exactly that every day. LIZZIE
Give a bit of an intro about yourself (not part of the question but literally talk about anything uni school travelling your freelance illustration)
I’m Lizzie, I’m 23 and I’m currently living and working in Wellington, New Zealand. I had an idyllic upbringing and was always academically bright, but way more interested in art. My family were always super supportive but I felt a lot of pressure growing up to achieve and be perfect. I went to Uni to study graphic design, but got very disillusioned and ended up dropping out in my 3rd year. I moved to New Zealand and converted a van which I travelled and lived in for 6 months, it was pure freedom. I’ve recently got back into illustration and won a poster competition for the street art collective Vivid Wellington, I’ve met a bunch of local artists and it’s been so inspiring. I’ll be moving back to England in July to study as a tattoo apprentice.
What does it mean to you to be a millennial?
I think we’re in this weird transitional generation, we’re the first kids to grow up with technology dominating our lives, we’re at the forefront of unexplored territory and we’re just trying to figure it out. The truth is that the world is entirely run by the post-war generations, they’ve had an incredible impact on the world physically and economically, it was all about this ethic of working hard your whole life, contributing to society, everything has to be bigger, better, newer. As a generation I think we’re questioning this, we’re less motivated by money, more creative and forward thinking, and in a growth driven society this can be easily misinterpreted as being ‘lazy’. I think in general we’re tolerant, emotionally intelligent and amazingly bright. We’re opening up about sexuality, race, gender, mental health…we have all these great ideas we’re just struggling to find a platform for our ideas to be heard.
What inspires you?
Mostly people, I find people fascinating. I try not to rely on inspiration when I’m drawing, you can end up staring at a blank page for a long time if you do. Inspiration comes from practice, trying everything - new ideas come from that. It took me a long time to realise! I’m definitely inspired by self-makers, that DIY aesthetic and attitude. Counter-culture, punk, hip-hop, ravers, street art, drag queens, comics, nature…oh and smut - Lots of smut.
If you could impact something significantly within society what would it be?
That’s a tough one. I’d like to get people to question what’s going on around them, not just accept the way things are. That’s the first step to changing things. We’ve thought the same way for so long, we need a new perspective. I’d love to see women’s ideas come into consideration, I think we could really use a feminine approach.
If you had one piece of advice to give to other millennials what would it be?
Be yourself! It’s cheesy but I think it’s so important to do your own thing when everybody around you is trying to make you into something else. Lead by example. And love yourself, that’s very important.
Do you think you fit the stereotype of millennials and why yes or no
I’m going to be annoying and say yes and no, I’ve definitely been guilty of feeling entitled, I’ve only recently started to understand the value of hard work, and working hard for yourself too. I try and keep away from the trappings of social media…most people I know don’t seem to fit the stereotype. It’s going to be harder for us to coast through life with wages and housing prices being what they are. I could definitely work harder though.
SOPHIE RISCH
Give a bit of an intro about yourself?
My name is Sophie Rischmiller, I am 18 years old. I am a full time student at Bournemouth University, an Affiliate Marketer taking my foundation certificate in marketing at The Chartered Institute of Marketing and the owner of a startup marketing agency called Social Zest.
In your opinion what are the stereotypes of millennials?
Millennials are constantly stereotyped as not really experiencing life because they are always looking at social media or things online. We have been bought up in the digital era so everyone assumes we don’t really know how to communicate, which isn’t the case. Because we spend time online older people thing we are lazy, under motivated and introverted.
What inspires you?
I am inspired by young entreprenuers documenting their life online and giving valuable advice to younger people or people they same age as them - other millennials! They inspire me to be motivated and better myself in everything that I do.
What does it mean to you to be a millennial?
Being a millennial means being at the forefront of the digital era, we have the power to create communities and influence people like never before. If we use the tools we have been given, growing up in a smarter society, I think we can really make a positive difference.
If you could impact something significantly within society what would it be? In other words what is an issue that is close to your heart?
One thing I would choose to impact would be mental health in young people, there are so many amazing charities working hard to correct mistakes that previous generations made - for example making it difficult for people to talk about their sexuality or for men to talk about their feelings openly. I think that this new generation is far more advanced and accepting of everyone so we have the ability to encourage those with mental health issues to feel they have a voice and that they are not alone.
If you had one piece of advice for other millennials what would it be?
My advice for millennials would be to say yes to every opportunity you are given, we have all the resources to succeed given to us by this new digital age so it would be wrong of us not to utilise them.
MARIE
Tell me about yourself?
Okay, so my names Marie, Marie La - Anyane. I’m not French, even though my name sounds French. Im 100% Ghanaian. I am an abstract artist and I run a fashion blog. And thats pretty much it, I just paint during my free time, do some artwork. I edit a lot of photos and I have a little taste for photography. I don't take all of the photos for my blog myself, but I do edit them. I just quit my job of three or four years. Im hoping to get an internship within fashion. I don't want to settle for something which isn't related to what I want for my future which is get a career within the fashion industry.  So if its not something thats not dear to my heart I'm not going to settle and just do that to kill time.
What does it mean to you to be a millennial?
I mean we are the generation that made money out of youtube, theres people making thousands on instagram every single day and back in the day our parents probably thought we were crazy for just being on platforms like Facebook. And now people are getting paid just to post a photo and just to advertise. So I mean we should be proud of that, and we are making so many changes in the world. We have had some of the biggest protests and marches in history and thats just us!
What inspires you?
My culture and my play on colours. I think my background inspires me, being Ghanaian using colours in our everyday life and all celebrations use a lot of colour so thats really where I get my inspiration. I have never been able to draw certain things and so because of that I often take an abstract stance, because thats what works for me.
If you could impact something significantly within society what would it be? In other words what is an issue that is close to your heart?
I don’t think I can personally impact society as a whole, but I can work with people to make changes. Going to protests and letting the government hear what we have to say, because I cant do that on my own.
If you had one piece of advice for other millennials what would it be?
I think we shouldn't let the negative comments and negative views by previous generations affect us, because we have achieved a lot, we are going to achieve a lot. I know its the social media age but we have achieved so much just through that. Its crazy you don't even have to go and watch the news anymore you just have to go on twitter! I mean Donald Trump is tweeting and he's probably part of the generation that thinks that we are not doing anything with our lives and all we know is social media. So I think we should just look at it as a positive thing, we have done so much for ourselves and we should be proud!
DANIEL BOOTH
Tell me about yourself?
Okay so my names Daniel Booth, I run MPR Communications which is a PR and social media company. We handle, publicity and brand relations for celebrities, influences, professional athletes, high profile individuals. We also do PR for brands and we do social media for brands as well. I started it four years ago, and yeah its going well. We work with musicians, athletes, models, presenters, footballers, rugby players, golfers. So I have been working in the industry for probably about seven or eight years now. So I started out in fashion PR and beauty, peddling Chanel lipstick, Champneys and stuff like that. And then I did whats called agency hopping, so each six months to a year id move to a different agency, and slowly worked from beauty to fashion. Ive worked numerous London fashion weeks, which is stressful to say the least. And then from there I hopped into entertainment and sports. As I say yeah about four years ago I was made redundant from my last agency. I came into work one morning, by 9:15 I was in the boss’ office and he basically just said sorry we have no money this will be your last day. They couldn't even afford to pay me for the rest of that day. So the second I stepped out of the front door I was wondering round London on my phone sending emails, texts and phone calls to see if anyone had a job for me. And it was happening to everybody, because it was around the time the financial crash hit and businesses sort of panicked. So I moped around for about a week, I was super stressed out because I had never been out of work. I never went to university and I sort of lounged around the house for a week wondering what to do. And my problem was that I wasn't good at anything else, the reason I got into PR was because I'm good with people. I can talk to anybody. So my girlfriend said to me you just need to get up and go back out there, so I did. And for the last sort of two years of my agency career I saw how they didn’t really care about the clients. It was just the case of how much money you pay us defines how much time and attention we will give you. I didn’t like that because I mean we had clients for instance that were paying close to £10,000 per month and then you had a little designer that was absolutely phenomenal but all she could afford was £1,500 per month and she would get nothing. And like that is still money, that that person is paying out of their own pocket but just because its not big enough for the agency, they don't get anything. So I decided to make that my mantra, that we were going to work with everybody and anybody, if they were talented of course. And it didn’t matter what their budget was, we would make it work. So far its going alright.
In your opinion what are the stereotypes of millennials?
Well ever since you reached out to me I've had all these articles, about millennials and to be honest its all the same. They are self entitled, they don't want to work, they are narcissistic,all they care about is what their instagram looks like and all that sort of thing. But to a certain extent theres a minority that are exactly like that. But i think for the grand scale of millennials, its completely wrong. I mean I meet people everyday who are your age, my age and they are driven people. I mean the thing is millennials face so many issues that no other generation has had to face, I mean today you can at 21 years old you can be a millionaire. You can create an app and it can get picked up overnight and all of sudden your a millionaire and theres so many different opportunities and avenues that people can go down and its confusing for a lot of people. I mean my younger brother is 21 and he's in uni studying fine art and if you ask him what he wants to do he has got no idea. He just wants to do something in art because thats what he likes, and its not because he's lazy, its not because he cant be bothered, its because there are so many options and its one of those things i mean when i was at school like forever ago now, when it came to career day they said be electricians, be plumbers, be carpenters, be a fireman, a police officer because all those are in need at the minute. And the thing is, everybody went after those jobs and now they are over planned. Millennials have come to a realisation that you know what you don't have to break your back to earn a decent living. I mean me, if you ask any of my family what I do, they have no idea, they literally don't have a clue. Millennials i think are misunderstood massively, they get the raw end of the deal i think. I mean theres a lot of stuff they have to put up with and get through, I mean most people wont ever own their own house and all that sort of thing. I read an interesting article the other day where the title was the 20k somethings and it basically said that millennials are the generation that are happy to earn 25 - 27k for the rest of their life as long as they have experiences. So they get to go travelling, they get to swim with dolphins they get to go look for humpback whales and all that sort of thing. They would rather have these big experiences in life than have massive amounts of money. Now my question is why is that such a bad thing? Theres people that get by on less than 25 grand a year, i mean a lot of them do struggle but you can make it work! I mean I know somebody, who him and his other half, between them earn 45,000 a year, they are happy. They’ve got a house, they have a car, they go on eight holidays a year but the thing is they both work remotely and they both work remotely so they can have that life because they are able to do that. I don't see what the big deal is. I mean my mum when I was younger she was like don't get tied down too young, go travelling, go see the world. I mean my mum had me when she was 22 years old, she was married when she was like 21 so her whole thing for me and my brother and my sister was go see the world don't get stuck into your career or anything. I mean I slightly ignored her. Its the way it is.
What inspires you?
Potentially failing, I don't like to loose, ever. I am one of the most competitive people ever. I don't let it show too often but if i loose inside me its like argh, i hate it. So yeah I think failing, theres a constant drive there to prove that you can do it.
If you could impact something significantly within society what would it be? In other words what is an issue that is close to your heart?
For me, i mean I started working with women football players when i first started working for myself. Because it was an up and coming game. And I was lucky enough to get one client at chelsea football club and the ladies train at the same place as the mens football team and on my second visit, when I went down to the training ground. but i think one thing I'm passionate about is helping women sport. The thing is in all sports the women train as hard if not harder than the men because they have to. They are constantly fighting against society saying. Footballs a mans game, women shouldn't be playing rugby, women that play sports look like lesbians, i mean what does a lesbian look like? So I think it would definitely be womens sport, I think there needs to be more understanding about it, there needs to be more promotion for it. There needs to be more commercial drive behind it. I mean the thing is a bit of insight the top top england womens football players in salary a year, not a week, a year get paid £30,000 per year. Now I've got players that i work with that are 17 years old that get that a week, so i mean now its becoming that they can earn more from commercial deals and that sort of thing but even then, brands aren't willing to pay that kind of money. One of the girls I work with was on the same campaign as joe hart the goalkeeper, she got paid i think it was like 6% of what he got paid, it was minuscule. And it needs to be a lot fairer, it needs to be on the same level for men and women. Women sport is massive and its growing every year. I mean i like to think that I'm helping but I'm still not having the impact that i want to have, thats definitely where I would go.
If you had one piece of advice for other millennials what would it be?
Do the grunt work. The thing is, this is no joke, i get about 30 emails a day requesting jobs, internships from people my age and younger. And occasionally when I'm feeling generous, ill go and meet them see what they are about, see how they fit. I mean I've only ever met one person who has been happy to do the back breaking work, to go grab coffee and this sort of thing. And unfortunately she's moved back to the states and she worked with me for 6 months. She was studying law and came over here as part of her degree and she just wanted an insight into the sports world, she's passionate about sport she loves football. So i met with her and straight away you could tell, you know what this girl has got something special about her, she is willing to go the extra mile and honest to god when she left it felt like I had lost my left arm because she was there and she preempted anything that I ever could have needed. Im still in contact with her now, I consider her a friend. But I meet people every day that literally just want to walk into a job, they have come straight out of uni and they have gone right okay I want 30,000 a year I want my own office and I want 5 projects a year to work on.Its like, the world doesn't work like that, and this is where i feel millennials as a whole get a bad name because of some of the people that are like that. I mean for me I interned in fashion and beauty PR for almost a year. I wasn't paid, I was working 16 hour days, I was working for fashion week, when id finished work I was asking if I could go to the events with the PR managers and they would party till like 3 - 4 o clock in the morning. And id stay out with them, id meet people. But as i say as up till now after 4 years I've only ever met one person that was willing to do that. I mean one kid i actually met he came to me and was like, I want 45,000 a year, and i want to work from anywhere in the world. And I just looked at him and was like mate, really? Like thats the first thing your gonna say to me? And he was from a very privalliged background and he had it installed in him that that is the way it is. You walk in and demand what you want and somebody will give it to you. And its like i said to him, you have no position you've just come straight out of uni. I think he had studied something like talent management. Some obscure degree that in the grand scheme of things doesn't mean a lot. And I said to him right, name me five people right now that you could call and you could get one of my clients into this event, that event or on that tv show. And he said well I don't have any. So I said well then come back to me when you do. Because thats what it is in my job and in a lot of jobs its about the connections that you have with people. The relationships that you have. Its being able to call on those people at a moments notice you know you can pick up that phone and say I need help and them say okay what can i do. And thats what its about and you get that from doing the interning, the working for free, the making coffee and all that sort of thing. It sounds degrading, but you learn a lot from it. Its the one time in your life when you can actually just sit there and soak up everything. I learnt more in my first two weeks interning, than I did in my entire school life. The thing is I wasn't academic, i never have been, i didnt like the thought of having to study. Now I read more books than i ever did when i was in school. Im always reading I'm always learning I'm always trying to better my knowledge of PR, social media, the digital landscape, marketing, everything. But its because I'm studying something i love and its completely different. When you start reaserching things about something you really love it becomes addictive. If you work in something like design, or digital or something like that because it grows so rapidly that you cant keep up. I think thats the advice that i would give to anybody. Just do that work, be a sponge. If you can get 5 minutes with i don't know if you wanted to be a football agent for instance, if you can get even five minutes with a professional football agent that has been in the industry. Just sit and listen to them for five minutes. Just ask them one question and then just sit and listen because you will learn so so much. So that a the advice.
Do you think you fit the stereotype of a millennial?
Well my jacket and hightop converse would say yes. I would probably say yeah. I mean if you had said to me when i was 15/16 years old, you will be working for yourself, you'll be working with the England rugby team all these cool people. I mean i would have laughed in your face. You say am I a millennial stereotype i mean yeah because in the grand scheme of things millennials have this mind set that they can do absolutely anything and yeah thats me.
GENEVIEVE SWEENY
Tell me about yourself?
I have been knitting since i was 5 and I used to live in Europe with my parents, I sort of followed them around with work so I used to sit in the back of the car knitting all the time because my nan taught me to hand knit. So i did that, I hand knitted all the time sort of secretly for like 11 years, until i met a girl at Nottingham trent who was doing a degree in knitwear and i was like omg this is amazing. So that then  kind of really started my path. Because I was doing this thing that i loved doing but i didn’t really know how to apply it. Then I did a four year degree at Nottingham trent which was amazing we learnt about the machinery and actually how to make something which was really cool. And i did a year in industry in my third year, so i went to work with a really creative consultancy that did kind of swatches, which back then in the 90’s were really big. So companies like m&s would buy like 20 of them and it would cost like £600 for a swatch which was like crazy money. Then after the recession hit that kind of industry died a bit. So yeah I worked for them which was amazing like really creative and explorative and we did loads of exhibitions like in Shang Hai and florence and things which was amazing. And they also gave me sponsorship for my final collection, so i had like cashmere to knit with for my final collection, which was crazy! and i didnt even think about it too much then i was just like yeah ill have all the colours, now I'm like wow that was like the most luxurious collection in the world. After that I went to work for m&s and new look which was like just three months in each but it was amazing to see a real high street but fashion thats run from figures. To me being at uni and being in this creative world i was like what the hell, it was a real eye opener but a kind of good understanding of the connectivity. So yeah finished my degree, got a first which was cool. I specialised in menswear, so then i was selected to go to a trade show in Shang Hai to show my collection and also to do some work for wgsn to do some swatches and things. And there i met kind of randomly all the people id end up working for in the future which was really weird. I met a gentlemen who was an agent for rag and bone and he said they were looking for a menswear designer, so literally as soon as i got back i called them up and was like do you fancy interviewing me. Then a month later I was on a flight. So the march after graduating i went out and was the menswear assistant. The role kind of ended up changing and i was doing menswear and womenswear but it was amazing working for a really creative, contemporary brand. And it was before they had this recent investment, so there was kind of no budget, an endless amount of money and no restrictions. So yeah it was crazy you could find like three hundred pieces for spring, just for knitwear and I think only like eight went on the catwalk so it was a crazy amount of work. And then i got head hunted by Hugo Boss and i was offered a job in switzerland which was a lot more technical, kind of more the development, production side. But i always wanted to do my own thing, but i kind of never really, knew what wholesale price was, how would i actually manufacture something and do kind of quality control. So I took the job because i felt it was the next step to me building up my knowledge and working on something that i didnt really know anything about. So I lived in Italy and commuted to switzerland every day, and it was just an incredible job, I literally did everything from sketch to production. So I would work with a freelance designer who was based in london and she would give me all her concepts and i would go and work in this like knit lab, where they had all this machinery that they taught me to programme. So id kind of come up with ideas for her and then i would look after the product all the way through photo sampling production. I spent a lot of time in Turkey, in factories testing out lots on things. So i did a lot of travelling it was amazing, it was such a broad view of the industry. Since then different roles I've had are very split you would have like 8 people doing that one job. So that was the kind of main thing. But i looked after the Boss green, which was sports knitwear, so it was quite small only about 40 pieces per collection. So for my second job it was quite manageable. Then i got engaged and felt like I had to move back to England so i did a quick stint at burberry kids wear. That was mainly computer work so i didn’t really last long there. And then I went to Lyle and Scott to work on there scottish programme they wanted to bring the knitwear back to scotland, my role was to look after the knitwear team and build back the relationship with scotland. So as i moved back to England I decided i wanted to get my studio back and kind of wherever i went I had like a car full of yarn and i wanted the big machines. So i went on eBay and bought these really old machines that were up in scotland and drove up there and met this amazing old man who was in his 80s. I got chatting to him and found out that his nephew was a hand tartan knitter but lost his job in the 80s and actually all his family members used to work in the mills. So we went to th pub and i met a few other people and i met some people with more machines. That sort of really started the beginning of my brand, I just felt so awful that there were all these amazingly skilled people that were now like bus drivers. They were cutting lengths of this imported woollen fabric and then calling it scottish fabric. It just felt really awful. So i decided to do a couple of projects with them because there style was like really 80s so I said if you want to work with new brands you need a bit of an update. So yeah we were working on a design and we ended up having like 5 pieces by the end of it and i was like gosh this is the start of my collection, but that was all happening whilst i was working for lyle and scott which ended up using no scottish knitwear because they couldn't afford it and ended up doing a lot more stuff in Italy. And then Ian got made redundant and I got really jealous so i quit my job as well and took the plunge. So it kind of felt like everything had come into piece but it did take about 18 months to find the right supplier and just get an understanding of where i wanted my work to be in the market and if there was a market for it. But actually a lot of the manufacturers in the midlands wouldn't work with me because they wanted like 400 pieces. But like even at lyle and scott we wouldn't order 400 pieces for some like fashion pieces. So even in scotland I could find people to knit it but not to put it together. So i had to go through this like interview process with one of the manufacturers but i think he had been so screwed over by young designers in the past that he was just like over cautious. So i literally drove up there and met him and he was like okay we can work together and then i drove back again. Yeah so it took a while but it kind of worked out. So i launched in september 2015 and worked with a really amazing range of manufacturers, so id design everything here in house and then often hire a machine to test out ideas for patterns and things and then gove the production to them. They are such an amazing manufacturer they are all kind of like family run. I feel like they are more invested in what your doing and kind of look after you more, where as the factories and especially when i worked in factories abroad its just all about numbers and margins and your killing yourself over 10p. Where as I've got more of an understanding of how much they do and how much stuff costs so I'm quite like, I see the value in what they do and vice versa.
In your opinion what are the stereotypes of millennials?
I feel like it changes every five or ten years. Like a lot of the younger millennials don't drive at the moment which i find crazy. But i don't know if its because now things are a lot more accessible, like when i was 17 i learnt to drive because it was the only way i would be able to get out and do something. So i don't know maybe with the internet changing its more accessible now.
What inspires you?
Inspiration comes a lot from archetecture, so could be the structure or patterns in plaster. It seems to be a lot from archetecture or sometimes ariel views or kind of natural patterns. Its definitely always something that breaks and repeats, thats sort of always the theme.
If you could impact something significantly within society what would it be? In other words what is an issue that is close to your heart?
For me its the whole made in britian, sustainability and slow fashion. So i support made in Britain because it brings jobs to the area. We have got this amazing skill set thats really dying out. So the hand knitter i work with he's the youngest that we both know and he's 52 years old. So for me its really important to keep these skills going. And theres a lot of factories that have started employing people from China and stuff which is fine but also their way of linking and construction is different to the scottish way. So slight things, and like how you wash a jumper. Its really done by learning and its not just a program you put in its kind of like a sixth sense so those parts of the made in britain i really want to keep going and support. And then also on the other side the slow fashion is a really important issue. So not having fast fashion like in the last couple of months but having something that will last 10-15 years and will reduce the environmental impacts.
If you had one piece of advice for other millennials what would it be?
I think networking is really important, reaching out to other people weather its more mentors and people that you aspire to. Or even just like peers, people in the same situation or going through the same things, i find it so helpful to talk to other designers.
What does it mean to you to be a millennial?
I guess the opportunity that you've got from technology, I feel very lucky to have that. To be able to have a business that reaches america and hong kong, thats amazing. I cant imagine how i would really be able to do something without it just being local.
1 note · View note
daynamartinez22 · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I’ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
dantelaw21 · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I’ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
beyondvapepage · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I���ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 posted first on http://beyondvapepage.blogspot.com
0 notes
youngwinnertragedy · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I’ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
pledje · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I’ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
angelagiles18 · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I’ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 published first on your-t1-blog-url https://ift.tt/1WMpNvB May 08, 2020 at 05:53PM Semantic Mastery https://ift.tt/2YeHIxM
0 notes
localwebmgmt · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can’t talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I’m sorry. It’s a train wreck, guys. It’s a train wreck.
It’s over. And that is totally token on himself. We’re all waiting. The screen isn’t setting. We’re all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don’t give up
there you go. What’s up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I’m drinking coffee. It’s still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it’s five o'clock here. So it’s five o'clock somewhere, man. That’s right. And I don’t know who said that. Who said that rule. If it’s hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that’s my problem. Okay, that’s a problem to make a drink with this one. I won’t touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let’s start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don’t know. Like I have an open boss. like everything’s pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it’s a bit colder. And I guess it’s is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what’s up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven’t noticed, we’re missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I’m in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I’m doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today’s the sixth of May 2020. And if you’re watching this, and you’re wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you’re starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it’s mind-blowing Lee good. It’s really good. Everything we’re charging enough but we’ll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you’re seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that’s pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it’s 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it’s just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It’s what we use to get results. It’s everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we’re going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don’t want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that’s where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We’ve made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it’s not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It’s not that it’s that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you’re looking past everything that’s offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we’re charging for, I’m glad that we’re raising the price. We’re not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It’s really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It’s entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don’t know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don’t know like if we would have had that document when we started I don’t know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there’s a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that’s why you know, it’s our entry-level product. It’s great. We might we blow people’s mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We’re so super open about it, we wouldn’t have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that’s for the price that we’re charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that’s something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don’t let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it’s a 12-week course you get it all at once it’s not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that’s all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we’ve been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I’ve got a real estate thing I’m trying to close. Oh, let’s keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let’s kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I’ll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I’ve been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it’s built for agencies it’s, I see it like goes like even if you’re a solopreneur or something like that you’re running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That’s literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that’s always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don’t even have an agency or they don’t consider themselves as having an agency. That’s literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we’re at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed’s up first, first in line. What’s up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that’s been live for about three weeks now. I’ve been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I’ve noticed there’s still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I’ve only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I’ve come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it’s a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don’t know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that’s occurring right now? No, there’s only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I’m even looking at it right now.
And I’m getting Monday records. So know that there’s nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There’s still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There’s an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it’s going to depend on what kind of market he’s in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It’s just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they’ll start giving you feedback on what you’re getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don’t call it displays that that’s what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it’s in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there’s actually really good information. And it’s Google telling you what information it’s it’s getting from your project. So why wouldn’t you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn’t Google this isn’t Google speak? It’s the bot that’s giving you the data? So I’d pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that’s the thing if it’s new, it could be that it’s not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It’s brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you’re being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it’s also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it’s a domain-wide? You know, it’s in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don’t know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what’s the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don’t want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I’m presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I’ll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don’t get into explaining how everything works because it’s really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they’re their eyes or they’re not going to understand it anyway. So what’s the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I’ll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you’re very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I’ll provide a video email with my monthly report. I’ll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I’ll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it’s important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you’re talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he’s charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you’re going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they’ll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It’s ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you’re going to do. And there’s absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I’m charging you for dumping services. What you’re charging for are results. What you’re charging for is what you’re going to do for these people. They’re paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that’s consultation, and that’s way more than that they can they could ever pay because you’re actually going to teach them how it’s done and how to get results and it’s not something that’s done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn’t talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you’re speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that’s why when I hire an attorney, I don’t want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I’m hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you’re not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we’ve gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you’re going to get what it is that you’re going to do, not how they’re not entitled to how they’re not ever right. entitled to how they’re entitled to their brand. Of course, they’re entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they’re not. That’s part of your house. That’s how you get results. They’re not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you’re charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they’re entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you’re going to create that’s going to trigger the T one branded, they’re not entitled to those logins. Because that’s part of how I never give them that. You’re not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don’t do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn’t go like planned and he didn’t say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that’s almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you’re focusing on the wrong things and you’re mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you’re going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you’re going to do. I’m going to get your phone to ring I’m gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I’m gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn’t matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that’s just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don’t have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I’m going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don’t have to explain it away because I’m not asking for additional money. It’s all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I’ve been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I’m reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don’t work for them. We don’t have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it’s a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don’t have anything that we don’t have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren’t, they weren’t always working. And we also noticed that they weren’t replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it’s funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn’t changed. We’ve tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that’s the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we’ve tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We’ve tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they’re a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don’t recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that’s the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it’s automated, right? It’s been delegated. And it’s going to get done manually, yes, but it’s being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it’s an automated process because I don’t have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don’t have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I’m sorry, I can’t provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven’t been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you’ve already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don’t even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it’s just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don’t, and not everybody can support a group as we’ve done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that’s been our longest running group that we’re still supporting five-plus years, and we’re still there. We, we can’t force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That’s all they want. I mean, we’re in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we’re in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it’s what it’s all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that’s, that’s pretty amazing. It’s been over six years now. So we’ve been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we’ve been together quite some times, guys, that’s a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that’s a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I’ve had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It’s very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it’s been really it’s worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we’re still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I’ll tell you what I do. Again, there’s there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that’s part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we’ll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we’ll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That’s just my process. Again, it’s probably different for others. But that’s the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you’d like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you’re building the site on, then nobody’s going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that’s working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you’ve done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I’m working on while you know until they’re actually published in live so it doesn’t index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don’t even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That’s absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there’s no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they’d like and all that and it changes nothing. It’ll still be on that domain and you’re actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I’d say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There’s no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn’t go in there, although they might. It shouldn’t index but that’s how you should do it. That’s how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven’t even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that’s how it started. That’s how it should be. There’s no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there’s a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there’s one thing like because I’m also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it’s finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that’s one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I’ll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I’m building the site and that’s one of the things I’ve always done is built the site. But I’ve been working on what I’m about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I’ve spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that’s something I’ve always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you’ve got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it’s an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it’s indexable or not, it doesn’t matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it’s going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won’t read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don’t are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it’s related content, it’s to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it’s not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it’s not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It’s just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that’s just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I’m ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don’t link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here’s an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can’t really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it’s right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can’t scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I’m building out in showing sharing everything that I’m doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here’s basically and it’s just a work in progress. I’m still not 100% done with this I’m probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that’s down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I’m starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven’t checked out process.st, so it’s process Street, but it’s processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can’t share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it’s like, you can take somebody’s green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you’re not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that’s how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that’s more than you’re willing to bite off right now, right, if that’s too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you’re doing something in your business that you don’t already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I’ve just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I’ve read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn’t read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it’s our ego that says I don’t need a damn checklist. I know what I’m doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you’re not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you’re wondering why your results aren’t the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that’s the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it’s another fantastic job. I’ve built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I’m very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you’re on the real estate flipping business, and I’m glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there’s a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn’t fully relevant to you, but it’s very closely related. And so we’ve got some training on that stuff too. So I’d love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I’m planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it’s a two it’s 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it’s still 200 right? It’s 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That’s hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don’t have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what’s the point of putting something that’s not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don’t have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don’t exist that are not I don’t want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that’s that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that’s I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we’re trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you’re doing a local project, you don’t want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you’re ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that’s to again, that’s to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you’re working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that’s fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don’t, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn’t MGYB’s fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I’ve been sharing in the mastermind right now. That’s what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn’t put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn’t, they weren’t the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It’s not a big deal because again, this was a test that I’m doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it’s really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you’re now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you’re doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I’m just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I’m wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we’re working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where’s that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we’re not ready for it. We’re not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that’s, that’s coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we’re close guys. We’re real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn’t realize it wasn’t recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It’s okay if you did it though. It’s not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that’s it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn’t do that just because that’s a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I’m just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it’s so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I’m going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there’s some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that’s your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there’s three, you know, three-second tier networks, you’re going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you’re using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don’t want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you’re going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson’s RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don’t even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It’s we did a promotion with them. And it’s a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people’s content. So that’s something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven’t tested it. All I don’t want to speculate. We haven’t tested it in other languages. We’ve tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don’t want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I’ve never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn’t, couldn’t answer that either.
So the answer is we don’t know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don’t know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it’s your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you’ve done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it’s a client site, and you’re doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won’t have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you’ve done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you’re relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That’s keyword relevant. That’s when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you’ve already done. Now imagine if you’ve done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you’ll be pushing. Whether it’s worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it’s always there’s always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That’s a question that he’s gonna ask and that he’d have to know. Yeah. And that’s when I first started to say was that but if you’ve done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I’m running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That’s
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you’re running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don’t typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we’re trying to tickle like the art, right, that’s for SEO. And so if it’s a no index page, I don’t know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don’t see the benefit of no indexing the page because you’re losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don’t understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don’t understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it’s a lead capture page if it’s the top of the funnel, why wouldn’t you want that to rank? Why wouldn’t you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don’t get it. So that’s why I’m having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can’t give a good answer, either, we’re going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what’s up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I’m giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we’ve had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I’m still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that’s okay.
What’s The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I’m sorry. No, I’m sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what’s the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it’s very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don’t directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there’s not a direct link between A and A there’s not a direct link may be up maybe I’m explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it’s simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That’s a co-citation. So it’s a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That’s the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I’m gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It’s an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she’s got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it’s an automated tool. It’s called rank feeder. It’s fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I’ll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you’ll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it’s going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it’s a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we’re gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We’re running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don’t quite understand.
That. Yeah, I’m sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That’s it. That’s it. That’s the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There’s a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we’re coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don’t know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don’t know. I usually don’t know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It’s still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It’s not I don’t have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I’m pretty sure that that that but that you’re talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I’ve got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it’s been simplified. It’s it’s a lot different than the previous versions in that everything’s been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I’m just gonna kill everything. That’s it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it’s in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn’t work. It doesn’t work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
  Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
semanticmastery · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
  Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can't talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I'm sorry. It's a train wreck, guys. It's a train wreck.
It's over. And that is totally token on himself. We're all waiting. The screen isn't setting. We're all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don't give up
there you go. What's up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I'm drinking coffee. It's still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it's five o'clock here. So it's five o'clock somewhere, man. That's right. And I don't know who said that. Who said that rule. If it's hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that's my problem. Okay, that's a problem to make a drink with this one. I won't touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let's start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don't know. Like I have an open boss. like everything's pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it's a bit colder. And I guess it's is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what's up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven't noticed, we're missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I'm in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I'm doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today's the sixth of May 2020. And if you're watching this, and you're wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you're starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it's mind-blowing Lee good. It's really good. Everything we're charging enough but we'll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you're seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that's pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it's 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it's just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It's what we use to get results. It's everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we're going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don't want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that's where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We've made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it's not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It's not that it's that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you're looking past everything that's offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we're charging for, I'm glad that we're raising the price. We're not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It's really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It's entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don't know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don't know like if we would have had that document when we started I don't know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there's a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that's why you know, it's our entry-level product. It's great. We might we blow people's mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We're so super open about it, we wouldn't have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that's for the price that we're charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that's something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don't let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it's a 12-week course you get it all at once it's not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that's all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we've been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I've got a real estate thing I'm trying to close. Oh, let's keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let's kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I'll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I've been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it's built for agencies it's, I see it like goes like even if you're a solopreneur or something like that you're running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That's literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that's always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don't even have an agency or they don't consider themselves as having an agency. That's literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we'll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we're at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed's up first, first in line. What's up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that's been live for about three weeks now. I've been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I've noticed there's still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I've only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I've come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it's a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don't know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that's occurring right now? No, there's only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I'm even looking at it right now.
And I'm getting Monday records. So know that there's nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There's still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There's an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it's going to depend on what kind of market he's in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It's just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they'll start giving you feedback on what you're getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don't call it displays that that's what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it's in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there's actually really good information. And it's Google telling you what information it's it's getting from your project. So why wouldn't you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn't Google this isn't Google speak? It's the bot that's giving you the data? So I'd pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that's the thing if it's new, it could be that it's not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It's brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you're being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it's also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it's a domain-wide? You know, it's in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don't know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what's the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don't want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I'm presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I'll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don't get into explaining how everything works because it's really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they're their eyes or they're not going to understand it anyway. So what's the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I'll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you're very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I'll provide a video email with my monthly report. I'll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I'll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it's important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you're talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he's charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you're going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they'll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It's ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you're going to do. And there's absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I'm charging you for dumping services. What you're charging for are results. What you're charging for is what you're going to do for these people. They're paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that's consultation, and that's way more than that they can they could ever pay because you're actually going to teach them how it's done and how to get results and it's not something that's done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn't talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you're speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that's why when I hire an attorney, I don't want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I'm hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you're not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we've gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you're going to get what it is that you're going to do, not how they're not entitled to how they're not ever right. entitled to how they're entitled to their brand. Of course, they're entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they're not. That's part of your house. That's how you get results. They're not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you're charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they're entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you're going to create that's going to trigger the T one branded, they're not entitled to those logins. Because that's part of how I never give them that. You're not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don't do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn't go like planned and he didn't say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that's almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you're focusing on the wrong things and you're mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you're going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you're going to do. I'm going to get your phone to ring I'm gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I'm gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn't matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that's just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don't have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I'm going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don't have to explain it away because I'm not asking for additional money. It's all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I've been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I'm reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don't work for them. We don't have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it's a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don't have anything that we don't have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren't, they weren't always working. And we also noticed that they weren't replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it's funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn't changed. We've tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that's the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we've tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We've tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they're a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don't recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that's the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it's automated, right? It's been delegated. And it's going to get done manually, yes, but it's being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it's an automated process because I don't have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don't have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I'm sorry, I can't provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven't been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you've already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don't even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it's just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don't, and not everybody can support a group as we've done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that's been our longest running group that we're still supporting five-plus years, and we're still there. We, we can't force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That's all they want. I mean, we're in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we're in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it's what it's all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that's, that's pretty amazing. It's been over six years now. So we've been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we've been together quite some times, guys, that's a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that's a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I've had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It's very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it's been really it's worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we're still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I'll tell you what I do. Again, there's there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that's part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we'll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we'll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That's just my process. Again, it's probably different for others. But that's the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you'd like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you're building the site on, then nobody's going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that's working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you've done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I'm working on while you know until they're actually published in live so it doesn't index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don't even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That's absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there's no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they'd like and all that and it changes nothing. It'll still be on that domain and you're actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I'd say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There's no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn't go in there, although they might. It shouldn't index but that's how you should do it. That's how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven't even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that's how it started. That's how it should be. There's no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there's a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there's one thing like because I'm also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it's finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that's one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I'll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I'm building the site and that's one of the things I've always done is built the site. But I've been working on what I'm about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I've spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that's something I've always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you've got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it's an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it's indexable or not, it doesn't matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it's going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won't read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don't are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it's related content, it's to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it's not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it's not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It's just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that's just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I'm ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don't link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here's an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can't really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it's right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can't scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I'm building out in showing sharing everything that I'm doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here's basically and it's just a work in progress. I'm still not 100% done with this I'm probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that's down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I'm starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven't checked out process.st, so it's process Street, but it's processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can't share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it's like, you can take somebody's green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you're not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that's how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that's more than you're willing to bite off right now, right, if that's too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you're doing something in your business that you don't already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I've just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I've read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn't read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it's our ego that says I don't need a damn checklist. I know what I'm doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you're not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you're wondering why your results aren't the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that's the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it's another fantastic job. I've built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I'm very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you're on the real estate flipping business, and I'm glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there's a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn't fully relevant to you, but it's very closely related. And so we've got some training on that stuff too. So I'd love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I'm planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it's a two it's 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it's still 200 right? It's 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That's hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don't have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what's the point of putting something that's not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don't have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don't exist that are not I don't want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that's that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that's I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we're trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you're doing a local project, you don't want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you're ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that's to again, that's to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you're working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that's fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don't, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn't MGYB's fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I've been sharing in the mastermind right now. That's what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn't put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn't, they weren't the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It's not a big deal because again, this was a test that I'm doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it's really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you're now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you're doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I'm just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I'm wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we're working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where's that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we're not ready for it. We're not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that's, that's coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we're close guys. We're real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn't realize it wasn't recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It's okay if you did it though. It's not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that's it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn't do that just because that's a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I'm just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it's so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I'm going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there's some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that's your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there's three, you know, three-second tier networks, you're going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you're using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don't want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you're going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson's RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don't even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It's we did a promotion with them. And it's a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people's content. So that's something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven't tested it. All I don't want to speculate. We haven't tested it in other languages. We've tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don't want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I've never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn't, couldn't answer that either.
So the answer is we don't know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don't know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it's your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you've done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it's a client site, and you're doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won't have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you've done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you're relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That's keyword relevant. That's when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you've already done. Now imagine if you've done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you'll be pushing. Whether it's worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it's always there's always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That's a question that he's gonna ask and that he'd have to know. Yeah. And that's when I first started to say was that but if you've done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I'm running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That's
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you're running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don't typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we're trying to tickle like the art, right, that's for SEO. And so if it's a no index page, I don't know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don't see the benefit of no indexing the page because you're losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don't understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don't understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it's a lead capture page if it's the top of the funnel, why wouldn't you want that to rank? Why wouldn't you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don't get it. So that's why I'm having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can't give a good answer, either, we're going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what's up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I'm giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we've had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I'm still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that's okay.
What's The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I'm sorry. No, I'm sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what's the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it's very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don't directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there's not a direct link between A and A there's not a direct link may be up maybe I'm explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it's simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That's a co-citation. So it's a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That's the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I'm gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It's an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she's got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it's an automated tool. It's called rank feeder. It's fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I'll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you'll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it's going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it's a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we're gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We're running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don't quite understand.
That. Yeah, I'm sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That's it. That's it. That's the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There's a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we're coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don't know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don't know. I usually don't know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It's still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It's not I don't have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I'm pretty sure that that that but that you're talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I've got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it's been simplified. It's it's a lot different than the previous versions in that everything's been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I'm just gonna kill everything. That's it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it's in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn't work. It doesn't work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
0 notes
oasisoptimization · 4 years
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 286
insert HDHO video embed code here
Click on the video above to watch Episode # of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
  Announcement
Hey everybody. Hernan is eating so he can't talk.
to at 600
he wants to go I'm sorry. It's a train wreck, guys. It's a train wreck.
It's over. And that is totally token on himself. We're all waiting. The screen isn't setting. We're all wondering what the fuck
yet and yet our shit still works, so we don't give up
there you go. What's up, everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. Um, I got to do. Danny, what do you got there Marco?
Yeah, I gotta have a beer my cut though Lanka. Thanks, guys. I'm drinking coffee. It's still too early for beer. So, at five o'clock. Well, it's five o'clock here. So it's five o'clock somewhere, man. That's right. And I don't know who said that. Who said that rule. If it's hot and humid and you to cool off have a beer. exactly the problem is when that beer leads to 1000 more and that's my problem. Okay, that's a problem to make a drink with this one. I won't touch another one for a couple of weeks a month, three months. Who knows when the next one?
Let's start over Chris. Do you want to say anything? Go Yeah, I don't know. Like I have an open boss. like everything's pretty clear. The weather is nice. Even it's a bit colder. And I guess it's is everybody because I see everyone here in polar.
Except Marco is usual.
How are you doing Bradley?
On peachy? is happy to be here. Awesome.
All right, what's up everybody? Welcome to Hump Day Hangout. If you haven't noticed, we're missing a really important team member of the crew because otherwise, we do this in a much more linear, much more professional fashion, but I'm in charge of emceeing now and I know how to do what I'm doing. So, with that being said, welcome to Hump Day Hangouts, today's the sixth of May 2020. And if you're watching this, and you're wondering what the hell is going on, what we do here is we try to answer all of your digital marketing questions. If you have any SEO, digital marketing, how to grow your agency, how to how to get better results with your rankings, go ahead and go to semanticmastery.com/humpday to actually ask all of your questions drop your questions in the comments below. Now, with that being said, and before we jump right into questions, we are really honored to get a lot of support from people in our lesson in our community for the new version of the Battle Plan.
Unfortunately, the launch price and the launch deal and everything is done but you can still get the newest version which is version four of the Battle Plan by going to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. And the Battle Plan is a step by step blueprint a system that will allow you to go from zero to getting results within the search engines and that applies for new websites. If you're starting out a brand new project for age websites if you have a website that has been going on for a while, but you want to give it that extra oomph if you work for YouTube channels as well and for a lot of additional stuff to go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com. Now if you want to take your agency if you serve clients in any digital capacity, right you do SEO for them, but you also do PPC, web design, graphic design, social media management, whatever that is, and you want to get more clients you want to get more free time and you want to get clients that are worth coming to you then go to 2xyouragency.com that is number two, letter X, your agency com to actually get access to double your agency and get all of those tools. It started as a project but then Bradley, as usual, is over-delivering with value. And it's mind-blowing Lee good. It's really good. Everything we're charging enough but we'll keep it like that for a little bit.
And again, if you like what you're seeing, go ahead, subscribe to the YouTube channel. Make sure that you like that you subscribe so that the YouTube algorithm keeps on showing you the good stuff. We have a Facebook group as well, SEO tutorials, and digital marketing by Semantic Mastery. So you can search on Facebook, and I think that's pretty much it. Did I miss anything? Yeah, speaking of over-delivering on value, like the Battle Plan is is stupid, low priced. I mean, just to me, because it's 100 times more happy people. Some people see it and they say, well, it's just a full of links, all its links to what we use to rank. It's what we use to get results. It's everything that we do. To get results. Of course, we're going to show you where we go for the result, we go to mgyb.co. If you don't want to get the Battle Plan, go look at mgyb.co cuz that's where you have to go to get results anyway. Or else you got to you have to figure it out on your own. We've made it. dead simple, like you, follow the instructions. And it's not just that because some people just see a PDF with links to our stuff.
It's not that it's that PDF is full of information. Not only that it includes a bonus area, right? Bonuses are included. So you're looking past everything that's offered in that. It leads to a video that we recorded, right, where we talk about all of these different aspects of what it takes to rank today. And I mean, what we're charging for, I'm glad that we're raising the price. We're not raising it enough. If you want to get in getting as I always say get in when you fit in or not. It's really what it comes down to is. Are you an action taker? Or do you just enjoy sitting by the sideline and butting your head against the wall? And I mentioned it yesterday. I hear the song spinning wheels. spinning wheels got to go around. I see that. Is that what you want to do? Or do you want to go get results? It's entirely up to you. Action takers.
Go make money. So all I got to say comes down to like, how many years? Or? I don't know like you more than yours on the do you want to shave off of your learning curve like I don't know like if we would have had that document when we started I don't know about you guys but I would have shaved at least three years of my learning curve at an absolute minimum yeah 100% 100% so with that being said go to battleplan.semanticmastery.com if you want to learn more about it one of the reasons why we sell it so cheap and you know people are saying hey, this is too cheap what can you guys give me for that cheap? And the reality is that we over-deliver because there's a small number of people that will decide to take it up a notch and join our mastermind or join the heavy hitters club with Marco and Rob as well. So that's why you know, it's our entry-level product. It's great. We might we blow people's mind with value because a small portion of them will end up in our anger province. We're so super open about it, we wouldn't have any issues with that. So with that being said, and unless we have anything else, we can jump right into questions.
Speaking, what the fuck is Adam? He was out running in the woods today.
Speaking of value, the other super valuable course two extra agency training guys, that's for the price that we're charging, which I think is ridiculous. It is an enormous amount of content about how to double your agency.
Starting with how to fill your pipeline full of prospects. The second part of it is how to get consistent, reliable, repeatable results. And the third part of it is how to scale your operations. And so that's something else that I would highly recommend. Those of you that are looking for, how to grow your consultancy business or your agency that you would pick up to x your agency go 2xyouragency.com, you can check that out as well, because again, that we, once again, don't let the price for you. We put a ton of work into that for it's a 12-week course you get it all at once it's not stripped out. But it took me 12 weeks to record all the training for that because we really wanted that as a way to kind of help people jumpstart their agencies or to grow their agencies without having to double their time investment as well. And so I would highly recommend you go check that out because that's all of our knowledge kind of from the last many years that we've been together kind of boiled down or condensed down into the two extra agency training so I would encourage you to check that out as well.
With that said let me grab the screen
Sorry guys, I've got a real estate thing I'm trying to close. Oh, let's keep it PG 13 please and Bradley so close all of the year, let's kill that.
other stuff. Sorry. I'll be hitting edit. I noticed a closing that was falling apart. I've been trying to recover all day long. So anyway, go ahead. Sorry, Chris. I just wanted to say like that the two extra agency, even it's built for agencies it's, I see it like goes like even if you're a solopreneur or something like that you're running your kind of smallest your business and just do client work. That's literally how you can automate things and like how you put the systems into it to actually scale the whole thing. The thing that's always like something that nobody mentions, and because the whole thing is called 2xyouragency, there are people who don't even have an agency or they don't consider themselves as having an agency. That's literally how you can grow your business.
At least I see it that way.
Sweet. Well, let me grab the screen and we'll get into these questions guys. Go.
All right, you guys see my screen correctly.
Yes. All right, here we go. Let me find out where we're at
Any Tips On How To Improve Web Search Activity Of An eCommerce Site?
Mohammed's up first, first in line. What's up, Mohammed? Hey, guys, I have an e-commerce store that's been live for about three weeks now. I've been sending traffic from Facebook, but I also ordered a power shield for the store. I've noticed there's still zero action on Google and Webmaster Tools. Even though the site is indexed. It has absolutely no impressions. Am I just impatient? I've only been in local SEO until now. So maybe I've come to expect a faster start. My syndication network has done the RAS got delivered today. So maybe it's a matter of time. It could also just be a reporting delay. I don't know. Sometimes that occurs and with all the shit going on, now, that very well could be it. But Marco, do you know of any, like sort of reporting delay that's occurring right now? No, there's only a two-day delay in Search Console now, on performance, because I'm even looking at it right now.
And I'm getting Monday records. So know that there's nothing going on in there. Mohammed is just being impatient. Yes, three weeks is nothing and he just now got the SEO partially delivered the still link building to be done. There's still press releases to be released and link building to that does embed runs to be done. There's an entity validation to continue and entity solidification to continue because that it's going to depend on what kind of market he's in what kind of niche right to see what kind of results he gets. It's just now a matter of time. Just keep an eye on search console and analytics. And they'll start giving you feedback on what you're getting.
What do you call displays for I know that they don't call it displays that that's what I call it on impressions, right? In, in search, and you can start making decisions off of that. In fact, I shared a video in the heavy hitter club. I think it's in the members-only group where I showed how I get data out of search console and how you target money from Search Console. Because there is a lot of information in there that people are not aware of, or people may interpret incorrectly. I hear a lot of people knocking it. And yes, it does have its drawbacks. But there's actually really good information. And it's Google telling you what information it's it's getting from your project. So why wouldn't you pay attention to what the bot is giving you? This? Isn't Google this isn't Google speak? It's the bot that's giving you the data? So I'd pay special attention to that.
Yeah. So and that's the thing if it's new, it could be that it's not receiving a lot of impressions yet because like Marco just said, It's brand new. So I think what he said is true. Just be just you're being a bit impatient Mohammed. If you still have it's also how to.
Did you add the site? Did you do it via DNS record? So it's a domain-wide? You know, it's in the domain, did you submit the domain via DNS records or submitted via URL because that I think has an effect too. I try to do everything using DNS records now. So I don't know I would check into that also.
How Do You Respond To Someone Who Wants To Know How You Get SEO Results?
The second part is next question from Ahmed says, Hey, guys, what's the proper response when someone via a client or another SEO wants to know how I get results, I don't want to mention RYS, select the ID page and other secrets of the Battle Plan. My strategy so far has been the show than past successes and leave it at that but my downfall is when I charge the done for your services, and they ask what the money is for how can I better my approach?
Well, alright, so the way that I handle it is the only time that clients see anything or prospects when I'm presenting a proposal and my proposal I will, you know, put some of the entity assets down and as part of the overall deliverables that are going to be delivered with the setup process, and then for my monthly ongoing monthly services, you know, I mentioned like link building traffic.
So because I run Google ads for traffic, you know, display ads and such. But typically, I very rarely ever get any questions about what they are specified when they do then I'll just show them an example of what like a done for you, or what I would Google Drive stack looks like from another client or from a lead gen project that I have or something like that, but I don't get into explaining how everything works because it's really none of their business like honestly as long as I can produce them produce results for them. It would be like asking, you know, any other industry, any other professional in another industry, for what their proprietary methods are for doing whatever their job is, whatever their profession is, and so, you know, I typically will try to provide enough information to satisfy their curiosity without giving away the farm because otherwise you know it as most of the time they're their eyes or they're not going to understand it anyway. So what's the point in wasting your breath? So typically what I'll do it as I said on the proposal side of things, I explained through a video email Mohammed, I know you're very familiar with that. But I explained through a video email an explanation of what the proposal was, what the deliverables are, and what an expected timeframe for results is, and then from that point forward, all the other stuff that I continue to order through MGYB to get clients results is just part of the monthly retainer, so it never comes up again. Does that make sense?
Occasionally, I do provide monthly reports and not every month but most of the time, or at least every other month. I'll provide a video email with my monthly report. I'll kind of go over the reports and show them you know, where progress has been made, where I see new opportunities, where maybe some things have slipped a little bit. I always try to be real honest. And I like to use video emails to do that, which usually satisfies any questions so that I very rarely get follow up questions. And when I do, then I'll try to explain it a little bit further. But like I said, I think it's important to be able to explain what it is, to show that you can produce results without showing exactly how. Marco, maybe you can articulate this in a way that is a little bit more clear than the way I am.
No, I mean, that what you said is clear to me, but let me put it this way. When I give a client a proposal, and they give me something like that, say you're talking to an attorney. I mean, are you gonna ask him to break down how, why he's charging you 50% of whatever the lawsuit settlement is, for example, or when you walk into a car showroom, and you're going to purchase a car, do you ask for a breakdown of what all the auto parts come to and the labor the expenses and every year do you ask the dealer all of that information? Do you go into the negotiation for that car on the price? Okay, they'll charge you 20, you offer 18, five, or whatever. And then you meet somewhere in between.
How I see this is. It's ridiculous for a client to expect you to give them a breakdown of everything that you're going to do. And there's absolutely no way and no reason for you to be saying I'm charging you for dumping services. What you're charging for are results. What you're charging for is what you're going to do for these people. They're paying you for your expertise in the matter as far as getting results. Now if they want how that's consultation, and that's way more than that they can they could ever pay because you're actually going to teach them how it's done and how to get results and it's not something that's done overnight.
I was just talking to an attorney the other day, and I wasn't talking, I emailed and what she wrote back, say you're speaking a foreign language to me. And I say, that's why when I hire an attorney, I don't want to know or learn the law regarding whatever it is that I'm hiring an attorney for justice. When you hire an SEO or a marketer, you're not expected to know everything that the SEO or marketer is going to know. Otherwise, you spend all of your time learning, marketing, and SEO, instead of concentrating on what it is that you do best, which is the law.
So Mohammed, again, and we've gone over this before with you, you have to focus your presentation on the results that you're going to get what it is that you're going to do, not how they're not entitled to how they're not ever right. entitled to how they're entitled to their brand. Of course, they're entitled to tier one branded, although we call drive stacks, Gsites, part of tier one brand, they're not. That's part of your house. That's how you get results. They're not entitled to that, or anything else for that matter, press releases. It depends on how you're charging for them and how their focus Yeah, they're entitled to that media page, but nothing else as a matter of fact that IFTTT profile that you're going to create that's going to trigger the T one branded, they're not entitled to those logins. Because that's part of how I never give them that. You're not entitled to my recipes or whatever the fuck they call now because I don't do them I just hire MGYB to but this is really important and why you should guide the information. I have a call that we recorded with someone we had to get permission from that person. I think and from all of the people involved so that you can he can listen to them to go the negotiation and listen to me go through an actual attempt at closing the client. It was the first-second call with the client and I try to close them right there. Unfortunately, it didn't go like planned and he didn't say no, he said he thinks about it.
But that's almost like a no. Anyway, Mohammed, I hope that helps but you're focusing on the wrong things and you're mentioning the wrong things, definitely bring them back in one, if they get off six success, you bring them back. If they get off what it is that you're going to do for them, you bring it back and you bring them back to what it is you're going to do. I'm going to get your phone to ring I'm gonna need your phone to fill a form fills. And I'm gonna get people on your in your website, anything else that I have to tell you, I have to charge him for and then you set your hourly price 502,000 It doesn't matter you make it high enough so that it hurts if they have to pay you consultation.
There you go.
So yeah, just to kind of follow up like I said, you know, the this done for you services that I continue to purchase for clients, you know, that's just part of the monthly retainer, and I factor all of that is when I first present the proposal so that I don't have to go back to them and charge them for additional items. Unless they ask for additional stuff if that makes sense. So I typically, you know, I work right into my monthly retainer fee when I'm going to be spending on link building and embed gigs and press releases and my blogger to publish posts for the project. So all of that is factored right and right off the bat so that I just continue to order the services and pay you to know, vas and things like that to fulfill my obligations as per our agreement, but I don't have to explain it away because I'm not asking for additional money. It's all part of the original agreement. So okay.
Is Curation Suite Still Working?
All right. The next question is I've been trying to reach the curation suite Help Desk and Scott Scanlon, but no one is returning my requests. I watched Bradley on one of their videos, so I'm reaching out to you. I was wondering if the curation street suite was still working. As far as I know, now, I don't work for them. We don't have any relationship with them other than the fact that for a brief period of time, they had a really killer system. And I know that we had used it for a bit I believe we even did a promotion with them. But that was shit three, four years ago now. And within several months or within a year or something like within a year of us doing a promotion with them or whatever, kind of fell off the map. And I know Adam and talked about that, like, Man, that was several years ago. So it's a little bit foggy even for me, but unfortunately, I don't have anything that we don't have anything to do with curation suite Other than that, like I said that one time, we did use their tools for a while, but when they start started to intermittently work, in other words, they weren't, they weren't always working. And we also noticed that they weren't replying to support requests and everything else. We dropped it. We took the curation suite out of all of our processes. And it's funny because it might have even been you asking this question in the Facebook group, but that questions come up recently in the Facebook group, and somebody was asking about curation suite and they asked, Well, what am I using for what does my team use for curating blog content. And you know, the same thing that I teach in content kingpin guys. That hasn't changed. We've tried different curating tools. But honestly, I taught all my bloggers how to curate by organizing content using Feedly, feedly.com. And they, and they post or they curate posts manually in WordPress. And that's the same process that I teach in content kingpin is the exact same process that my team has been using. Since 2012. Again, we have tried different tools, but we always have come back to just doing it manually curating organizing content in feedly.com and then manually curating blog posts, it just works that way. And the reason why I say that is because a lot of the tools that we've tried have had issues where support they stop continuing development or supporting their product. We've tried multiple plugins that have gone, you know, gone under, that the developers stop supporting it.
Curation Suites, another example. And so instead of always trying to rely on the fancy shiny objects, the new shiny and fancy objects out there that are supposed to make everything so much easier, right? The problem with that is you invest time and resources and energy and money into trying to implement new tools or apps that there should help but those kinds of things. And unless they're a very well established company, that has been around with a long-established history of support and updates, and all of that kind of stuff, I don't recommend using any tools, you can do it manually. And that's the beautiful thing about virtual assistants and outsources, you can teach them a manual process. And then in my eyes, it's automated, right? It's been delegated. And it's going to get done manually, yes, but it's being done by somebody else. So in my mind, it's an automated process because I don't have to do it anymore. And then again, as I said, we don't have to rely on tools and apps that may or may not be around in six months.
  Once a year, year and a half, whatever. So again, I'm sorry, I can't provide you some more assistance with the curation suite. Nothing I can help you with. We haven't been in touch with Scott Scanlon in years. So I recommend that you just continue trying to find some way to contact him. You know, sometimes you got to stop these people, man, Facebook, LinkedIn, wherever you can find information and try to get support, especially if you've already spent money. Any comments, guys?
No, I mean, it was fantastic. When I was first working. It kicked ass. Yeah, it was fantastic. You could put it pull a whole lot of content, right that to curate. And then all of a sudden it started being buggy. And then I moved on to other things because I was using it. I don't even know where I have it installed. Now. I probably have it installed somewhere. But yeah, it's just buggy. And guys, not everybody has that. You know, the years in the business like we don't, and not everybody can support a group as we've done. For example, in our free SEO group, which is I think our longest when we had to move from Google Plus, right, that's been our longest running group that we're still supporting five-plus years, and we're still there. We, we can't force everyone to be like that. Some people are just gonna come in, make some money, and leave. That's all they want. I mean, we're in this, but at least from my perspective, and I know you guys feel the same way. But I can only speak for me that we're in this to try to help people make money. And the only way that you can help people make money is by being there for people when they have a question about making money, which is what this forum Hump Day Hangouts, which is our longest-running forum, it's what it's all about helping people who have problems solve those problems, so they can make money. Yeah.
And by the way, just as an aside, I had to look at our corporate documents today for something I was working on. And I looked at our LLC and you know, like, articles of incorporation or whatever like that showed the date that is that Semantic Mastery was born. And it was in February of 2014 is when we actually incorporated. So that's, that's pretty amazing. It's been over six years now. So we've been together for shit. We were together for a year, year and a half prior to us, you know, incorporating and starting the actual company. So we've been together quite some times, guys, that's a lot longer than that because it was the end of 212. I think when we started meeting, yeah, and the other mastermind, that yeah, it was at about a year and a half prior to us cooperating.
So that's a pretty, pretty, pretty amazing because I've had many other partnerships that have all fallen apart. It's very difficult to work with partners in my opinion, but it's been really it's worked really well for us at Semantic Mastery. And, you know, six years later, we're still together and we still like each other.
Can You Share Some Basic Steps In Building A New Website?
Anyways, Mike says, Hello kings of SEO, can you share some basic steps when building a new website? Number one, especially about what to do when the site eight ready to publish I just lookup. I'll tell you what I do. Again, there's there may be differing opinions between my partners and me. But I just always publish the site but set it to no index. So I go to settings, reading. So in WordPress, go to settings and then reading and then I set it to ask Google not to index the site now whether they choose to do it or not whatever, but I always just do that right off the bat, that's part as soon as the WordPress installation is completed from the server, then, you know, I just immediately go in and now I have VA s do but go ahead and click the button to no-index the site and then we just build the site out however long it takes.
And then once the initial site is done with the initial pages and sometimes, to be honest with you, we'll even uncheck it so that you know uncheck that box to allow the site to index prior to it being 100% complete. As far as like all the pages or the widgets and that kind of stuff. What we do is get the main structure of the site in place, the main top of silo pages, we get the content in places. Sometimes not even have the images on there. But you know, the structure of the site, the graphics, the theming, the main content pages, at least the text was on the pages. And then we'll go ahead and publish the site or allow it to be indexed. From there, go in and make some tweaks to try to finalize the site. That's just my process. Again, it's probably different for others. But that's the way I do it. You could do like a maintenance mode, or one of them coming soon, plugins if you'd like. But honestly, if nobody knows that have the domain name that you're building the site on, then nobody's going to go visit the site anyways, besides you and your team that's working on it.
So in my opinion, having one of those coming soon, pages is only important if you've done some sort of pre-launch marketing and people could be potentially going to the actual domain. But for the most part, as I said, nobody knows that the sites that I'm working on while you know until they're actually published in live so it doesn't index, and I start driving traffic to them. So I really don't even bother with that anymore. Any comments, guys?
That's absolutely how I do it on a brand new website, there's no reason to hide it in here, put it anywhere, because that the client can come in and look at it. And anybody else is going to look at it, you can come in and look at it and then send you the feedback on what they think and what they want and what they'd like and all that and it changes nothing. It'll still be on that domain and you're actually ahead of the game. Instead of putting it in like a development server, which is what you should do with a redesign. I'd say that you can leave the existing site alone, you go into the dev site, create the website, and that development, then you migrate. There's no need for that. This is a new project WordPress, no index no follow. So Google doesn't go in there, although they might. It shouldn't index but that's how you should do it. That's how land solutions was done, by the way. All right, the case study and I haven't even talked about how that was created. It was totally done on WordPress, we just set it to no index no follow until it was ready to go live that we took it off no index no follow submitted it to a search console for indexing. And that's how it started. That's how it should be. There's no other reason to hide it. We used to do it to hide it, I put it in a maintenance mode. But there's a reason for that if you set it to no index, no follow.
Yeah, there's one thing like because I'm also reading further, I would not use analytics or any Google tools on the new page yet until it's finished. And they would also not link syndication network or anything like that until there is at least one or two posts up there. Because that's one of the prime reasons that there will be errors. So like, I'll put out use those things only once the page is actually ready and I can actually roll it out.
Well, I will differ slightly on that question. Only because when while I'm building the site and that's one of the things I've always done is built the site. But I've been working on what I'm about to show you guys inside of process Street, which is the tool that I use now or the app that I use for developing SLP standard operating procedures. And I've spent the last month or so working on developing the processes for the site builds because that's something I've always done myself. But what I was about to say was, when you publish a new WordPress site, you've got the Hello World post. The hello world post is just a placeholder basically, but it's an item in your RSS feed. And so I always order the syndication network immediately. Once I have the site published, whether it's indexable or not, it doesn't matter to me, once the site is published, I have an RSS feed but the Hello World post in it so I can order the syndication network so that that can be built because it's going to take two weeks or whatever for it for me to have it delivered.
So I build out the site while the syndication network is being built as long as at RSS test feed has an item in it, they can still plug it into IFTTT to create the network. Because remember, when we build a network, we plug it RSS feed into it, and it has to have an item or it won't read the feed, and it will give you a connection error. But they don't are our network builders will go find related content and kind of and post the first couple of posts on primary on the blog sites, blogger, WordPress, and Tumblr. So that it's related content, it's to season or to seed the network sites with, you know, related content. And so the content is published but it's not being syndicated yet from the WordPress site. In other words, it's not content being syndicated from the WordPress site. It's just content that our builders put onto the site. So that once the site is ready to be indexed and ready for blog posts, then then you know, the syndication networks already in place. So that's just my process.
It makes it so that the network can be ready when I'm ready to start publishing posts. I totally agree with that. I don't link it together. I will do it exactly as you said. Okay. Here's an example of you were asking about some of the most important things I can't really scroll through here guys because a lot of this stuff has as you know, this is the standard operating procedure for setting up entity assets for a new client you can see it it's right up there and this is for a multi-location client but this is the process I can't scroll through here guys and show you the processes if you want this kind of stuff you got to join the mastermind I share this stuff in the mastermind. In fact, this project specifically, is a project that I'm building out in showing sharing everything that I'm doing in the mastermind so again, another reason to join a mastermind, but here's basically and it's just a work in progress. I'm still not 100% done with this I'm probably only about 60% of the way through getting my process completed for this. But this is all the stuff that I do, right. And again, just, you know, go back and watch the replay or take a screenshot. These are some of the these are the plugins I like to use Google Tag Manager, all of that once I agree with.
I agree with what Chris said, typically, I will wait to add the Google Tag Manager and from tag managers when I connect Google Analytics Search Console. Also, Google Ads for remarketing tags, conversion tracking, all of that stuff gets done through Google Tag Manager. So I usually wait to do that until after I have the site live published ready to be indexed as well as the syndication network back and preferably the SEO shield back so that I have the ID page URL, ready to go and all of that so that when I add structured data, which again, that's down here, JSON LD structured data, organization, schema, local business schema, all of that stuff, you can see this is all the stuff that gets done. Whenever I'm starting a new project, that makes sense, by the way, guys, if you haven't checked out process.st, so it's process Street, but it's processed This is a fabulous, fabulous application for developing processes, or standard operating procedures. For years, I primarily just use Google Docs and YouTube videos. But this is so much better. And so you can see like I, again, I can't share, scroll down through here, but I get super detailed in these. And it's like, you can take somebody's green, like code off the street and plug them into one of these processes. And they could build a WordPress site to my specifications by just following a step by step procedure. So I would encourage you guys to start using this look even if you're not going to build out full-on well detailed standard operating procedures for the operations that you execute in your business, which I recommend that you do because that's how you start to delegate the shit that you that only you do right now. Does that make sense?
It is to buy by documenting what it is that you do. But even if that's more than you're willing to bite off right now, right, if that's too much, I would encourage you just to start creating simple checklists for absolutely everything that you do. Whenever you're doing something in your business that you don't already have a checklist for just take a few moments and just make you document the main points of the things that need to be covered or completed in order to complete that task. Because what I found and again, I've just recently kind of bought into this kind of mindset or this methodology because I've read a really a couple of really good books, the Checklist Manifesto was really good. Another one was called BlackBox. Thinking to really good I didn't read them, I listened to them on audio audible, to be honest with you, but they were really really good books that kind of woke me up to the idea of having a checklist is not you know, a lot of times it's our ego that says I don't need a damn checklist. I know what I'm doing. Yeah, but sometimes we get in a hurry or we get distracted. And we might miss steps or we take shortcuts. And so just having a checklist can kind of help you to be more efficient, make sure that things are done, always consistently, right so that you're not missing steps on some projects that were completed on other projects. And then you're wondering why your results aren't the same. And then also from checklists, as I said, that's the really starting point for being able to develop standard operating procedures that you can then pass off or delegate to somebody else so that you can remove yourself from the process entirely. So I would encourage you to check out process Street, they have, I think, a free option that allows you to develop just simple checklists, and I would start there if I were you. Okay. Any comments, guys?
Nope. Okay.
So that was the must-have step. So there you go. Alright, the next question is, Austin says, Oh, this is more of a comment. He says I received the second part of the SEO power showed yesterday and it's another fantastic job. I've built many of these stacks Gsites by hand and I'm very particular on how I like them to look since many do rank, your team exceeded all expectations, excited to see the idx page next Austin dawn, I know you're on the real estate flipping business, and I'm glad you like them. And honestly, like I keep telling you got to come to join a mastermind buddy. Because there's a lot of stuff in there, we could go over.
And I was teaching the land flipping business, which isn't fully relevant to you, but it's very closely related. And so we've got some training on that stuff too. So I'd love to see you in there sometime.
Should The 400 Keywords Required In The SEO Shield Be Available On The Website Or It Could Be Related To Its Niche?
Next is Hello everyone I am planning to buy I'm planning to buy the SEO shield. So I came to know that I also have to submit the 400 keywords with actually it's a two it's 200 is what we recommend. Unless that changed in the last 24 hours. I was just in there yesterday again and it was 200 keywords, it's still 200 right? It's 200 or more. You have 200 right and the or more is for that key. Do the keyword research that we  at mgyb.co. Right? That's hundreds of thousands of keywords sometimes that we find to, to push into that branded drive stack for keyword relevance. So yes, by all means, submit as many as you want. And the second part of that is now they don't have to be on the website, they do they have to be related to the niche. I mean, they have to be or else you breaking the road. Why what's the point of putting something that's not relevant? Right, right. So yes, please for the keywords. They don't have to be available on your website. In fact, your website will get impressions for keywords that are not on your website. How incredible is that? Google finds the relevance between the GSR and drive stack and your website to the point where you get impressions for keywords that don't exist that are not I don't want to say physically that is not on your website. That to me that that's that just shows the power you can generate from these drive stacks and Gsites.
Yeah, and that's I totally agree I, as long as you know, the keywords absolutely should have to be relevant. The goal here is, especially with the first drive stack, when we're trying to create the Association, the brand association plus your primary keyword, you want to use market-level keywords. And I want to be clear about that if you're doing a local project, you don't want to include your keywords plus location modifiers not for this when you're ordering the drive stack, which is the branded drive stack, right? So that's to again, that's to build the brand solidify the entity and make that keyword association with whatever your top primary keyword is the number one most important keyword to your business or to the project that you're working on. Now once that that has been delivered, so so hold on back up. So those should be market-level keywords. So keywords that are not including location modifiers. Okay, they should all be relevant. You can add long tails here that's fine. But also I do want to make a note of this, make sure that when you place the order that you have at the top of the keyword list that you upload it as a notepad file txt file that you have your most important keywords at the top of that list or you make a note of that in the ordering comment, like the comments or additional instructions section of the order form at the bottom of the page, you make sure that you make a note of these are my most important keywords, five or 10, or whatever they are. Because if you don't, and I made this mistake and I learned the hard way, which it wasn't MGYB's fault, it was my fault as I had submitted a long list of keywords that had for Tree Service project the same one that I was just that I've been sharing in the mastermind right now. That's what that process doc was we were looking at just a moment ago.
I had ordered a location shield so in it but anyway, I added the keyword list that had a bunch of keywords. But they did I didn't put my most important keywords at the top of the list and so that the drive stack got built out to the G site got built out with just the top-level keywords was like the primary keywords because they were listed at the top of the text file. And it wasn't, they weren't the best keywords, right. They were like Tree Service cost Tree Removal cost, you know, tree trimming cost, like there was a lot of cost keywords that just happened to be at the top of the text document that I submitted. And so I learned a lesson and that was to always make sure that you specify what your top-level keywords are either, like I said, add them to the top of the list or make a note and I would recommend that you always comment and add in your additional instructions. These are the most important keywords, please use these. And that way you make sure that the primary pages on the G site and everything is going to be built out around those types of keywords. It's not a big deal because again, this was a test that I'm doing anyways for this location shield. But I just wanted to point out that it's really really important to use market-level keywords. Now once you get that spec back and you do the theme mirroring, and the drive stack expansion to where you're now covering like individual silos within the site. Now there if you're doing a local project, you can start to sprinkle some location modifiers into the keyword list that you add for like link building campaigns, for example. And as an aside, kind of its related, and I'm just going to tease this a little bit. But we have started, again, as mastermind members, possibly heavy hitter club to market can correct me if I'm wrong, but we have started beta test allowing a few beta testers to come in and test our drive stack expansion service, which will allow us to like we're working on trying to roll that out to the general public to you guys, but we always offer our mastermind members the first crack at those kinds of things and the drives to that stack expansion service is the theme mirroring service done for you and MGYB. Marco, do you want to chat about that just briefly? Where's that still supposed to be?
No, yeah, because we're not ready for it. We're not ready for anything except what we posted in the groups and paid membership has its privileges. You get to test these this stuff out first, you get a big discount coupon so you can take advantage of it, but you have to be in on the inside to be able to take advantage of that.
Well, there you go. So it was a little tease more coming as the beta testing. You know, we work out some bugs and kinks which is always the case. You know, that's, that's coming. Marco and the team. His team at MGYB been working on this for months and months and months. And well shipped probably for well over a year now actually, and we're close guys. We're real close.
What Is The Best Way To Continue Using The Battle Plan V3?
Alright, the next question is I just recently read the Battle Plan 3.0 that I got last year I didn't realize it wasn't recommended to do a multi-tier syndication network for a blog. It's okay if you did it though. It's not going to hurt provided you add additional content feeds to your second-tier triggers. We talked about that a lot. We have helped files on our knowledge base. So anyway, since I had already purchased it, and I had it connected, what is the best way to continue using it disconnected to syndicate other content to the additional tiers, that's it right there. syndicate other content to the
Additional tiers? Should I just curate other content and post it to the three blogs of tier one and they will syndicate out to the other tiers?
I wouldn't do that just because that's a lot of manual work. Unless you got somebody doing it for you. I would just recommend, again, you can go to, in fact, I'm just going to walk you through this real quick go to I think it's so yeah, it supports dot semantic mastery calm. Right. I'm going to show you where you can find help files about this. Go to the knowledge base. And if you go into Syndication Academy right here, and you take a look at the multi-tiered, can I, there are several different help files in here that talk about like, for example, how does syndication work with the tiered networks? How do tiered IFTTT networks work? You can go through here and there's some really detailed training that I put in here about how to do this like for example, an explainer video and all that kind of stuff. Long story short, just go add some realism.
Content feeds to your second-tier trigger points. Right. So that's your second-tier IFTTT accounts that are going to publish to or that are going to publish out to the second tier network. So essentially, what you want to do is find related content feeds, you want to add additional applets in those IFTTT accounts that trigger to publish the second tier networks, and you want to put them in what I recommend is a minimum of two additional content feeds per network. So if there's three, you know, three-second tier networks, you're going to want a minimum of six additional feeds two per network, or two per syndication ring. Does that make sense? However, you got to keep in mind that remember, depending on what types of content feed you're using some content feeds publish an excessive amount. You don't want to do that because you could possibly have your second tier networks, you know, especially the blog accounts terminated for over publishing. So there are ways to throttle that down a little bit. For example, you can add in on an IFTTT, when you create an applet with using an RSS feed is the trigger, you can add a filter that only allows items that have contained a particular keyword for example for to publish or for to pass, in other words, trigger the syndicate, trigger the applet to fire, okay, so you just have to be careful, make sure that they related content feeds that you're going to use to trigger the second tier networks to add additional content to them. Just be aware of what types of content are publishing on those feeds how often they publish that kind of stuff so that you can throttle it down if needed to. Okay, also one other thing very briefly is Damon Nelson's RSS masher is a fantastic tool for that kind of stuff. So and again, I don't even have an affiliate link for that just go look up RSS master and check it out. It's we did a promotion with them. And it's a great, great tool for creating spliced feeds that give you so much more control over what the output side of the fetus So in other words, you could splice you know, five or six really related feeds in.
But then you can use the RSS masher to actually strip out parts of, you know, strip code out or insert code into the feeds and do all kinds of really cool marketing things that make beautiful syndicated posts from other people's content. So that's something you should look into. Okay. Comments, guys.
Does The SEO Shield Work For Non-English Websites?
Okay, next question. And Hi, two quick questions here after reading Battle Plan 4.0. Does the whole SEO shield work for websites in other languages Spanish, German, etc? Can you answer that Marco or somebody?
We haven't tested it. All I don't want to speculate. We haven't tested it in other languages. We've tested all of our stuff previously in other languages, and yeah, you can work English to other languages like link building and all that, but I don't want to speculate.
Okay. Yeah, and I've never done anything outside of the, you know, US-based English SEO, English based projects. So I honestly couldn't, couldn't answer that either.
So the answer is we don't know.
Can The Money Site URL Be Transferred To A New Domain In Battle Plan 4.0?
Number two is can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain if needed? Ie if the client stops playing, stops paying, excuse me, how much work is involved? Thanks, a can the money site URL be transferred to a new domain, I don't know what you mean, other than if you have control over the domain, and a client stops paying, then it's your domain, you can do whatever you want with it. Right? You could redirect it, so that all of the off-page work that you've done, still get directed to where you want it to go. But you have to have control over the domain. So again, if it's a client site, and you're doing all the work to a client site, directly to their domain, then you won't have the ability to do that.
An SEO shield, you could change that out. It would be a, you know, a manual process of going in and actually changing out the URLs that were built within the stack. But the easiest thing to do would be to just I mean unless you put a shit ton of off-page work, like link building and such to it, the easiest thing to do would be to just, you know, remove or actually, I would say, if you, especially if you've done a lot off-page work would be to go in and actually edit the file, the drive stack files and everything. What do you say, Marco?
I say set the dissector to private, stops to do slow. I mean, it stops it dead in its tracks. Yeah, then you capture it. Yeah, hang on, hang on. So then you add it and point it wherever else you want it to go. So and you do the same thing with the G site. You go in and you and you change it if necessary, you build a whole new g site because all the G site should be is just some content with iframes. people miss the point of the iframe old point behind all this is the iframe, getting those iframes in there, getting all of that relevance into that main drive stack so that you're relating the niche, and the brand to all of the keywords in the niche. And that should go with the breath. So so what we say at local is a brand, plus keywords plus location or brand plus location plus keyword relevance in that main drive stack that has been the foundation since day one in RYS Academy, you build all of that relevance. And then when you find that that top market level category that you really want to go after where the money is, then you take that as keywords and add it as a page to the G site and build a new drive stack. That's keyword relevant. That's when we start focusing solely on the keywords because the brand relevance would come from all of the work that you've already done. Now imagine if you've done all of that work, how long it would take to edit all of that out? So it depends on how much power you built into it, and how much power you'll be pushing. Whether it's worth editing. All of it. Yeah, it's always there's always has your work versus RYS, how much work do you have to do? And how much money? Is that good? Is there going to be worth to you? Or should you just turn it off? Kill the G site and startup?
That's a question that he's gonna ask and that he'd have to know. Yeah. And that's when I first started to say was that but if you've done a ton of off-page work as link building embeds, and such, if you push a lot of power into the drive stack, then yeah, absolutely. In my opinion, it would be worth the manual like Marco said, you go in and you set it to private to where it basically stops the juice flow right away, you have everything edited, to point to the new destination, and then you turn it back to the public. So I totally agree with that. You did a much better job explaining what I was trying to say, Marco. So thank you.
Does The Ad Traffic To A No-Index Lead Capture Page Consider As An ART Activity?
Santiago says if I'm running Google and YouTube ads to a page on my money site, but to a page marked as no index because it is a lead capture page for a funnel, does that traffic count as activity for ART? That's
Good question. I mean, as far as I know, Google should still see that activity. If you're running ads to it, especially if you have Google Code on the page, like, you know, for example, conversion tracking, remarketing tags, analytics, all of that kind of stuff. But I don't typically run stuff to no-index pages for Marco. Because I mean, if we're trying to tickle like the art, right, that's for SEO. And so if it's a no index page, I don't know, is there a benefit to that?
No index page on it. Yeah. Like I don't see the benefit of no indexing the page because you're losing an opportunity to rank organically. Your lead capture page should be good enough to display them to people or to have Google come in and take a look and index. I don't understand Santiago and nothing against you personally or anything. I just don't understand why in the world, you would no index something.
Where you could potentially take up cert real estate?
Yeah, and even if it's a lead capture page if it's the top of the funnel, why wouldn't you want that to rank? Why wouldn't you want to capture organic leads?
Yeah, that question is kind of throwing me off. I don't get it. So that's why I'm having trouble with it.
Okay, well, since I can't give a good answer, either, we're going to move on. We only got a couple of minutes left.
Can We Use An English Press Release To A Non-English Site?
Anyways, BB, what's up BB? This time, there are only three questions as opposed to the typical five or eight or 10. So I'm giving you a hard time baby. Now, I appreciate you coming in and asking questions. So it says Hey, guys, can we use a press release in English sites with English posts to a non-English site? As far as I know, yes. Because I know we've had a lot of people that have done that. Am I correct in that statement?
I'm still trying to figure out like in other words, yeah, yeah, link building to a non-English site but the PRs are all in English, obviously.
Yeah, yeah, that that's okay.
What's The Difference Between Co-Citation And Co-Occurrence?
Number two is that Oh, I'm sorry. No, I'm sorry. Some people have had success with that. Okay. Number two is what's the difference between co-citation and co-occurrence? Also, can you define cite well, okay co-occurrence is keywords that are in my understanding of CO occurrences it's very similar to like LSI, Latent Semantic Indexing keywords, related keywords, synonyms, that kind of stuff. But co-citation is basically like if you got three different pages that don't directly link to each other so, for example, A links to B links to see and see links to a well all three of those pages now even though there's not a direct link between A and A there's not a direct link may be up maybe I'm explaining this wrong. This Alan had really good excellent.
Have co-citation Marco, maybe you can take over this one if I can try to find that that would be great. All right, I can just give him the technical definition. I guess it's simply the frequency or the amount of time that two documents are cited by another document. That's a co-citation. So it's a mention to other documents by and by a third document. That's the simplest definition that I can give you.
Okay, so look at that. I just went to Google and search Lisa Allen co-citation and semantic mastery videos right there.
In that cool, funny TV, funny LS SEO stuff works. Anyways, I'm gonna just drop this link in the chat for you. Go watch the first part of you know, by the way, her tools are incredibly powerful. It's an SEO tool. It is not a content syndication tool like what RSS masher is, which I also recommend, but she's got a great RSS tool for creating automate magically co-citation it's an automated tool. It's called rank feeder. It's fabulous for that stuff. Anyways, go I'll post this in the comments here in just a moment. But if you just go search for lease Allen co-citation you'll see that video right there how to create co-citation plus authority sniping for massive whatever the title was. Go watch that the training part of that webinar before she gets to the pitch, by the way, by the product if you think it's going to be helpful for your business, which it likely will be, but it's a great tool she does a great explanation of what co-citation is and how it helps to give you a much thorough x more thorough explanation that what we can do right here right now. Okay.
And can we move on because question two of his questions is a five-part question? Yeah, we're gonna have to because we only got a couple of minutes left anyways. Sorry, baby. We're running out of time. Is there any limit on how many 301 redirects some domain you can have to do on the syndication prop redirect domains Can you to do on the syndication properties? I don't quite understand.
That. Yeah, I'm sorry. Hi guys, I just bought the Battle Plan super excited to get started. My question is how do I get an XXL Semantic Mastery t-shirt? During the mastermind we That's it. That's it. That's the only place you can get them or be a Semantic Mastery partner. Yeah, we send all new mastermind members we send them a T-shirt and then they also get books for the first several months we send a book per month and blah blah blah. There's a lot of benefits. So come join a mastermind we're coming to you live when whenever the next one in which the Coronavirus might have killed ours this year. We don't know for sure.
But anyway, was there a Google update today? I don't know. I usually don't know until somebody mentions it on Hump Day hangouts or in one of our groups. Yeah, right to support@Semantic Mastery.com and Chris Green. How will you give you the download link? It's still available for the free one. The free version is still available. It's not I don't have crispy, updated that.
And, of course, the pro version of that is only available to mastermind members. Right. But I'm pretty sure that that that but that you're talking about the plugin. I was talking about this up here was there a Google update and then you answered this question. It threw me off. Sorry, I heard an update. Yeah.
No, that was it was an update. There was. Yeah. Okay. May the fourth be with you update?
Okay. Yeah, but just contact support about the RSS plugin. And guys, we got to go. I've got to wrap it up. So is the new Battle Plan a big improvement? Yeah, it's been simplified. It's it's a lot different than the previous versions in that everything's been simplified to make it a lot easier for you guys to apply it to your projects.
He wants to know if RYS stacks are still working. Can you Google DC plumber real quick? Sure.
Cuz we just had an update, right and I'm just gonna kill everything. That's it right? Oh, look at that. And look at number one organic. Yep, it's in the map number one. organics that g site right there. It didn't work. It doesn't work. Work.
Yeah still works. entity-based, worry less SEO for the win.
I gotta go guys. Thanks, everybody for being here. We will see everyone next week.
0 notes
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You The INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie Of This Billion Dollar ATTORNEY Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
New Post has been published on http://getblackhatdownload.com/get-insta-consultant-attorney-brand-new-toolkit-gives-you-the-instant-authority-to-grab-your-pie-of-this-billion-dollar-attorney-local-consulting-market-download/
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You The INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie Of This Billion Dollar ATTORNEY Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
Click. Customize. Collect Your Checks…That’s All It Takes!
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You the INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie of This Billion Dollar “ATTORNEY” Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
Attorneys Will Pay You $1000+ Again and Again with a BIG Smile for Your 7 Minutes of TOP QUALITY Work…
Complete BIZ in a BOX
Create Stunning Local Business Websites, Social Media Presence, Video Commercials & Commercial Graphics for Attorneys in JUST 7 Minutes.
Have your own “Local Consulting Agency Website with Portfolio” installed in Minutes.
Ready-to-go prospecting stuff to start closing Attorneys today.
Serve Unlimited Clients for life!
No monthly charges, no hidden fee!
No profit-sharing, keep 100% of the money!
Start Your Own Local Consulting Agency [GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You the INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie of This Billion Dollar “ATTORNEY” Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
30 Days Money Back Guarantee
Full 30 Day Money Back Guarantee
Highly Secured Payment
Verified & Secure Checkout via JVZoo. Pay Via Credit Card or Paypal
Local Marketing Consultation is a $100 Billion market. It’s proven that people are running their dream business online by providing online marketing services to local businesses. And… 
Here’s How You Can Start Your Very Own Profitable Local Consulting Agency in 7 Minutes from Now!
Just Follow 1, 2, and 3 And That’s it.
      CLICK
Download Our POWERFUL SET of Consultation & Prospecting Tools
CUSTOMIZE
Customize a bit and Install your Agency website to start taking orders in 7 minutes
COLLECT YOUR CHECKS
Impress your clients & collect your $1000+ checks in REAL time
Both Newbies and Experienced Offline Marketers Can Make a Killing Using This Brand New and Amazing Toolkit
If you are a newbie and planning to start a profitable business online, then this toolkit is a MUST HAVE for you. It empowers you to start your very own profitable Local Consulting Agency within the next 48 Hours.
Without spending a fortune on it.
No more confusing codes.
No other technical skills needed!
It’s as SIMPLE as That! 
And, in case you are an experienced marketer, then this toolkit will help you to establish yourself as an INSTANT AUTHORITY over your competitors.
Now you can have the key to success for Attorneys that presents you as the authority, builds credibility, and positions you as an expert business consultant.
This is something Attorneys would kill to get access to, and finally, you as a marketers can make some crazy money starting today.
So don’t wait! 
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You the INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie of This Billion Dollar “ATTORNEY” Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
30 Days Money Back Guarantee
Full 30 Day Money Back Guarantee
Highly Secured Payment
Verified & Secure Checkout via JVZoo. Pay Via Credit Card or Paypal
100s of Thousands of Attorneys will BEG You for These Services!
As you already know, Attorney is a very profitable and RED HOT market. Niches don’t come much hotter than this.
Maybe the following facts will open your eyes to the endless profit potential that is within this outstanding Billion dollar niche: 
So the question isn’t whether Attorneys need a positive online presence! The question is how well they do it to get MAX OUT OF IT! 
They don’t have a choice. They need an expert Local Consultant to help them reach to their goals. 
And If you’ve ever wanted to have a business that can pay your mortgage with only a few minutes of work… to have clients who love what you do so much that you can’t stop them coming back for more, and to join hundreds of offline consultants using the toolkit that makes it all possible, please pay attention to every word on this page.
Dr. Nimisha Vijay
Dr. Amit Pareek
Hi, My name is Dr. Nimisha Vijay, 
For last 6 years, I and My Business partner Dr. Amit Pareek are providing offline consulting services to business owners to get them maximum conversions, lead and sales and MOST IMPORTANTLY, now we are running a very profitable, 7 FIGURE business ONLINE. And you know what, we are not ALONE.
  Offline Consulting can be a GOLDEN EGG LAYING HEN!
  People are making 6, 7 even 8 figure income with only few serious clients. Before I share with you the secrets…
Here are the 4 “traditional and painful” ways to become an offline consultant.
PAINFUL PROBLEM #1: Most offline marketers don’t have their agency website with a good portfolio on it to show them as an expert.  And they just call to each and every business indexed on yellow pages and hope they will pay them 1000s of bucks.  They forget that every business owner is not a right prospect. You should contact a business owner in RED HOT niche like Attorneywho desperately need your service.
  PAINFUL PROBLEM #2: Learn it first and Do It yourself – it’s not a surprise that it takes years of time & thousands of dollars from your pocket to learn- what works and what simply don’t for local businesses.
It requires a lot of knowledge to drive RESULTS to businesses.
PAINFUL PROBLEM #3: They don’t have access to the right tools to get the desired results for client’s business and just go here and there, Buy poorly coded themes, Unsafe HTML templates, boring video templates or buy ugly graphics templates and mess around with confusing codes & designs.
Not just poor quality, they also charge anywhere from $50 to $150 for just one template without any developers license.
PAINFUL PROBLEM #4: Hire a freelancer with ZERO marketing experience.
They charge anywhere from $15-30 per hour, suck your time in guidance & testing AND WHAT YOU GET IS a horrible FINAL outcome. At the end of it all, thousands of dollars are wasted.
Not only it is painful, but it is also the reason WHY 99% of the offline marketers NEVER made a penny online.
We were in the same boat when we started with offline consultation.
With 6 years of failure and improvement, banking on our previous experience of serving 100s of local businesses and by coaching 100s of online and offline marketers; we learned what works and what simply not for local businesses in order to maximize their lead generation, conversions and sales.
We’ve discovered that for a long term and profitable consultation business, you REALLY need to STOP creating boring websites and less engaging videos that SIMPLY DO NOT help your clients to grow their businesses.
That’s exactly why we have created a Set of POWERFUL TOOLS with cutting edge features that’s missing from the Offline consulting marketplace so we don’t have to go through all this.
Now when we make sites for our clients, it takes just 7 minutes, because we use a proven template, and that’s what we’re going to offer you today.
PRESENTING, A NEW ERA in Offline Consulting,
Insta-Consultant Attorney Toolkit
      A completely new and revolutionary combination of the latest technology & Offline marketing expertise.
It’s a powerful set of professional tools & training that will give you INSTANT AUTHORITY to get access to unlimited potential clients having BIG checks ready in their pocket to handover to you in a PROVEN and 100 Billion dollar Niche: Attorney!
And it empower you to start your very own profitable Local Consulting Agency within the next 48 Hours
Without spending a fortune on it.
No more confusing codes.
No other technical skills needed! 
It’s as SIMPLE as That!
Let’s have a sneak peek of this A-Z Consultation Toolkit
Tool #1
Attorney Business Website Templates
That is SEO & SMO Friendly and Compatible with ALL the Devices Including Mobile Phones
With our super customizable website templates, we are giving you the POWER to create 100% Secure and lighting FAST websites & mobile sites for your local clients in under 7 minutes.
Checkout The Attorney Business Website Template Demo
As an offline expert, you think to yourself: What do I need to create stunning websites for my clients? Well, our BUSINESS Website Templates ALREADY has it!!
You Can Even Choose From 5 Distinct Colours
Do you want to create beautiful websites with portfolios, services and testimonials to engage customers? YOU CAN DO IT and these pages are already filled with all the content needed.
Do you want to create a lightning fast mobile site that Google loves and also converts your visitors into leads? Yes, You can do that, too. Our templates are 100% responsive and works great on all the devices. 
You can also set a Google Map, Beautiful Slider, Lead Generation Form or a Strong Call to Action; whatever you want in just few clicks of your mouse and literally force visitors to take action for what you want. 
These templates are already optimized for SEO and social media. 
Isn’t it SUPER Cool? See what Tantan Hilyatana has to say about it:
  – Tantan Hilyatana Online Entrepreneur
     I just look at the business website template and whiteboard video commercials, they’re amazing, this package is easily worth hundreds of Dollar. Look no further, this is all-in-one and the perfect solution for anyone who wants to sell web service to their clients. 
Tool #2
High-Converting Video Commercial to Turn Visitors into Potential Clients
“A minute of video is worth 1.8 million words”.
Everyone knows that video is the best way to sell online, but hardly anyone’s confident they can make one… and even the ones that are confident don’t have the time. 
So when you can provide a completely ready-made video commercial they can just plug into their new website and have it pull in the customers… ask for $400 and they’ll bite your hand off.
Just take a look at the demo video
Don’t have video editing knowledge? Don’t worry, we have created 2-3 minutes of professional videos, ready to be used on client websites. You’ll never need to hire an expensive video guy again.
Video Comes in MP4 format so works great on all the devices like Mac, PC, Tablets and Mobile phones.
It also comes with all the raw footage files so you can edit them however you want within a minute.
You’ll get a professional sales video script written by our expert offline marketers to engage each and every visitor to make them paying customers.
Professional US voiceovers… so you’re not just offering a completely plug and play service, you’re massively increasing the value too
You’ll get all the attractive graphics & characters we used to create the videos.
You can charge anywhere from $400-1000 a POP for these commercials alone.
See what a video marketer, Ankit Mehta has to say about our video commercial service:
  – Ankit Mehta (Creator of Video Suite Pro & Authority Point)
     People on my list simply Loves Offline Stuffs and The Awesome Toolkit Created by Dr. Amit & Dr. Nimisha’s Team is just like Ready-To-Serve Hot SIZZLING Brownie with Ice-Cream and Chocolate Sauce on it! For Offline Consultants, Nothing can be better than this! 
Tool #3
Social Media Management Toolkit to Present Your Client as an Authority on Social Media
Social Media is HOT these days. Local businesses will pay you any amount to build their positive social presence and our handy pack will help you do that in just an hour. Our service pack includes:
40 Professional cover and profile images:
Inside this pack, you’ll get 5 Professional Cover image & Profile images for Facebook, Twitter, Google Plus and YouTube. Total 40+ Images in png, Jpg & editable PSD formats. 
Use these images to create professional social media pages or YouTube channels instantly for your clients.
10 Ready to Use Social Media Posts with Viral images
Use these social posts to manage & update client’s Facebook, Twitter, and Google Plus pages for entire 1 month and get the idea on how to do that for yourself after that so they can manage their pages for entire life easily. 
These posts includes social updates about  i) Coupons ii) Info/Tips iii) Events iv) Quizzes V) Viral posts etc.
Customers always check about a business on social media for their reputation before buying anything from them. Attorneys need a proper social presence online and we created all the tools and handing over these tools to you to serve them better. Sounds good! Right? 
But we don’t stop here, there is still a lot more to come.
Tool #4
Attorney Print-Ready Commercial Graphics
40+ Editable Brochures, Business Cards, Coupons, Proposal Templates etc.
There is hardly any business owner out there who don’t use business cards to market their business, and it represents their brand.
60% of shoppers actively look for coupons before making a purchase And… a business is as good as it presents itself and eye catchy graphics are the best way to present a business as an authority in their market. So businesses are paying $1000-2000 for getting their print ready commercials done NICELY. 
That’s why we have created a set of 40+ fully editable graphics templates (5 variations of 8 different modules) for you. It hardly takes few minutes of work to get entire branding package done for your client using these templates. 
This package comprises of-
Within this 4th Consultation tool, I’m talking about 40+ gorgeous and high quality designs in which my personal graphic designers have placed their heart and hard work for you. In a few clicks, you can edit them yourself so you’ll never need to hire an expensive designer again.
These will come in ready to go JPG & PNG format & also comes in editable PSD format so total 120+ files. 
That’s not all, as I told you, we have a Complete SET of professional Tools for you.
In order to sell your services to Attorneys, you need a professional website for your agency that includes an impressive portfolio to present you as an AUTHORITY.
For helping you with this, we are providing you:
Tool #5
Ready-to-Go Local Consulting Agency Website
Start selling your all the 4 HIGH DEMAND services to Attorneys instantly.
Checkout The Prospecting Website Template Demo
Website comes in 5 colors.
Website includes all the necessary pages like Services, testimonials, ready-to-go portfolio to present your customers as an AUTHORITY in Local Consultation market.
Compatible with ALL the Devices Including Mobile Phones
Insta-Consulting Website templates also comes in 5 colours and will collect each and every lead of your prospects.
As a Next step, to get clients continuously, you need to convert these leads into high paying customers in due course of time. And as we said, we want to give you everything you need to get succeed. I mean everything… 
So we went even further and giving you complete prospecting stuff that includes
Tool #6
High Converting and Doodle like Prospecting Video for Attorneys
We have created 2-3 minutes of professional video, ready-to-upload on YouTube and send to your prospects. After watching this hypnotizing video Attorneys just can’t refuse your offer and BEG you to pay you for your professional services.
Video Comes in MP4 format so works great on all the devices
It also comes with all the raw footage files so you can edit them however you want.
Professional US voiceovers…
You’ll get a professional sales video script written by our expert offline marketers to convert your prospects into paying customers of your high ticket services.
Tool #7
3 Ready-to-use Auto-responder Series
We are also giving you 3 ready-to-use email swipes for Attorney niche. Just set these emails in your favorite autoresponder service provider to deliver on DAY 1, DAY 3 & Day 7. 
These will warm up your prospects for your High Ticket services and motivate them to set a meeting for final discussion about pricing and method of delivery.
Tool #8
3 Hypnotizing Telemarketing Scripts
We are also giving you 3 Hypnotizing Telemarketing script with having different scenarios in mind. 
Use these Step-by-step scripts to talk on phone or on meeting so prospects only say YES for your services and FINALLY let Attorneys beg you to pay $1000 a POP for your Professional services.
We have a lot to say about our Amazing and All-in-One consultation toolkit. But let me tell you
What Other Experts Are Saying About Our Insta-Consultant Toolkits…
                    – Paul Counts
   “I just went through this Insta Consultant package and I was blown away! This is a super simple way for anyone to become a local consultant! After going through this you have me thinking about dusting off my old Internet marketing agency! I even reviewed the material on my iPhone, and everything looks flawless! The responsive web design that you can use for your various clients is easy to use and edit! 
The video offered in this package can be easily customized, and honestly after watching the dentist video I realized I needed to go into see my dentist!  Great work, and you can’t help, but make money with this package! 
  – Nataliya Piterova
   I have been always admiring professional approach of Dr. Amit and his team! His products are always of high quality and value. And this time he exceeded himself! I was amazed to see a new product – a pot of gold as it’s a turnkey business for offline marketers. I was looking for such a product to offer offline consulting services to my local market. That’s exactly what I need. 
Being a completely newbie in offline consulting I get all necessary training, professional graphics, support and tools to make a fortune offline as well. The fact I can kill two birds with one stone makes me even happier as there is a chance to resell this product for high commissions! Thanks for a new masterpiece, Dr. Amit! 
      – Aurelius Tjin www.UnstoppablePLR.com
   I don’t write testimonials very often but couldn’t help but write one after seeing the immense value you’re going to get out of this toolkit. This can save a lot of time and money as it includes everything that one needs to offer professional services to their clients!
Dr. Amit & Dr. Nimisha do it for a living, so they know exactly what to offer clients. It’s a no-brainer if you’re serious about this business. 
– Kayte-Lee www.WhiteboardVideoPacks.com
   This is a high quality and very complete toolkit for anyone who wants to easily provide web, design or consulting services in their local market. Clients will be impressed and willing to pay premium fees for this type of creatives and features. 
Dr. Amit and Dr. Nimisha nailed it on this one. It’s a huge time saver and a tiny investment for its real value and will be easily covered with just 1 client! 
So now you already have experienced the POWER of Our Attorney Toolkit. This is a complete ALL IN ONE solution that your EVERY Client will surely pay $3000+ for. 
As you can see now, a minimum estimate a Small Business will have to invest is something around…
$1,000 on Websites Development
$500 in Corporate Video Creation
$700 in Offline Marketing Commercial Graphics Design
$300/month in Social Media optimization
So a total of $2,500 for a basic quality service. A service that is not comparable to the package you will offer them.
If you offer them your services at 60% discount, it’s still $1,000+ from each and every client. Just see how much shutterstock is charging for just 1 graphic template:
$400 for an extended license of just 1 commercial graphic. We are giving 40+ templates like that so you have to pay over $1,000 for ONLY 1 of our Tool. 
A single template from template monster or any other template site will set you back $97… And it still won’t have all the features that our business templates gives you. AND creating your own video commercials to sell is easily $500 for any halfway competent outsourcer.
And as for the graphics… Envato will charge you $400 for extended use for just 1 graphic!
But with this Toolkit you get EVERYTHING… an excellent business website template, ready-made video commercials, social media toolkit, over 40 graphics templates and all sort of prospecting stuff.
So It’s fair to price this Complete Toolkit at One time $2,500 or lets set a price of $100 for serving one client of yours. 
I am sure, it’s still profitable.
Well, it really does cost us a lot more than $2500 and six-years of painful experience for sure. But I am not asking $2500 from you,
We are giving it all for amazingly LOW price BUT for very limited time.
And, we don’t stop here,
Act Now & Get These Amazing “Fast Action” Bonuses
We always believe in going that extra mile in order to keep you happy and satisfied. So, we will be offering you 4 AWESOME bonuses with this Pack.
Bonus 1
5 Fully Customizable Logo Templates
5 logo templates to use on Attorney’s business website. Just customize them a bit to serve your clients instantly.
Comes in JPG, PNG & Editable PSD format.
Bonus 2
Ready-to-use Content for your Agency Site and Clients Websites
No need to invest your time on it, we have done it all for you.
We did research and wrote about services available, headlines, taglines and call to action content for Attorney’s business websites and your agency website.
You also will get ready-to-use content for Necessary pages like about us, contact us and privacy policy.
Use these to get more ideas and to save your time in research for Attorney niche.
Bonus 3
Step-By-Step Toolkit Setup Training
We will not leave you by yourself. We will even show you how to set up all this and be up and running in the next 48 hours with this amazing and Professional ToolKit for business owners. Step-by-Step Trainings on:
How to create a beautiful & user friendly websites for businesses
How to create a custom mobile website
How to Edit & use our Video Commercials
How to Edit & use our social media toolkit
How to Edit & use our ready-to-print graphics
And much more…
Bonus 4
David Sprague
Step-By-Step Training – How to make a Profitable online income through Local Marketing
(Limited to 1st 1000 Buyers Only) 
This Special BONUS TRAINING will show
A complete system that gives a guaranteed online success & an awesome strategy that will help you bring more & more clients
How he & others are building online residual incomes with customers paying them month after month for years
How to build a online marketing business that gives you automatic monthly income with little to no sales experience
How he makes $300 – $500 in 21 minutes automatically every single month through trust trigger method 
Introducing EXCLUSIVE Training from highly experienced Offline Consultant and Trainer, “David Sprague“.
So Let’s RECAP EVERYTHING and See Yourself
How Much Value We Have Put Into It
And that’s not all
We have also included 4 AWESOME bonuses including 5 LOGO templates, ready-to-use content for your website and your client website, and step-by-step toolkit setup training videos and a LIVE webinar that surely enhance the value of this package.
Trust me, by getting your hands on this package, you are on the road to success in a well-directed manner. If we add those up we see that the total value of this package is OVER $3000.
But for a VERY LIMITED TIME, you’re getting a huge $3,000+ of value for Less than $10.
Just hit the button below now and everything will be added to your members’ area, and you can start building your offline business right away.
So What Are You Waiting For? Try Our Attorney Toolkit for
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You the INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie of This Billion Dollar “ATTORNEY” Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
Let’s Make It a HUGE NO-BRAINER with Our Amazing  30 Days Money Back Guarantee…
  Our ultimate toolkit is going to help you in starting your very own and profitable consultation business. If you came to the conclusion that, HONESTLY nothing of this has helped you in any way, you can take advantage of our “30-day Money Back Guarantee” and simply ask for a refund within 30 days! 
Note: For refund, we will require a valid reason along with the proof that you tried our system but it didn’t work for you!
I am considering your money to be kept safe on the table between us and waiting for you to APPLY and successfully plug in this product to eventually start making money, so then you can feel it was a great investment.
  Remember the 4 painful ways of starting an offline consultancy? Just imagine how you would feel when you are scratching your head to find out where or to whom you will provide your services to! 
How it feels to not get anywhere as an offline consultant, spend ages building websites, months of time in creating graphics & videos that are not even upto mark to deliver what business owners want in term of sales & leads. 
There is a BIG learning curve involved in driving them maximum results and The worst scenario, you know how to be successful, but you don’t have the required tools in your hand that enable you to give the financial freedom and a comfortable life to your family that they deserve.
Don’t worry, all these problems have a simple solution attached. Just imagine, how amazing it’s going to feel to be able to land clients easily thanks to their awesome business websites, and be able to create those websites in minutes and…
What if your happy & satisfied customers come back to you again for another video or print ready graphics service of yours? Isn’t it great to help business owners drive more sales & leads by just getting your hands on this Amazing Toolkit?
But remember, this deal is ONLY available for a few days. If you don’t grab it now, your chance will be gone for good.
Don’t miss your LIMITED TIME opportunity! Try Our Attorney Toolkit for 30-Days Risk Free
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You the INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie of This Billion Dollar “ATTORNEY” Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
To Your Success,
Dr. Nimisha Vijay
Dr. Amit Pareek
P.S. All the Tools we are giving in this POWER PACK are awesome and completely ready to start profiting big with them. It can’t get BETTER THAN THIS.
You have seen the HUGE DEMAND in Attorney Niche & now you have the chance to have Right tools in your hand. TAKE ACTION without wasting your valuable time & collect your First FAT check from a local business owner nearby YOU.
I am sure you will be HAPPY that you took ACTION to give financial FREEDOM to your family. This is the right opportunity at right time for you to start a very lucrative Local consultancy business. So,
[GET] Insta Consultant Attorney Brand New Toolkit Gives You the INSTANT AUTHORITY to Grab Your Pie of This Billion Dollar “ATTORNEY” Local Consulting Market DOWNLOAD
P.S.S. Time is RUNNING OUT of your hands. Don’t waste even a single second thinking about this. Believe me, it’s either NOW OR NEVER. Don’t wait for something to happen, TAKE ACTION NOW & start offering Professional Services to Attorneys BEFORE your competitors DO IT.
0 notes